PRONET INC /DE/
S-4/A, 1995-10-05
RADIOTELEPHONE COMMUNICATIONS
Previous: PRONET INC /DE/, S-3/A, 1995-10-05
Next: LARIZZA INDUSTRIES INC, SC 13D/A, 1995-10-05



<PAGE>

   
  As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 5, 1995
                                               Registration No. 33-60925
=============================================================================
    

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                           Washington, D.C. 20549

                           ----------------------

   
                              AMENDMENT NO 3
                                    TO
                                 FORM S-4
                          REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                  UNDER
                        THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
    

                           ----------------------

                               PRONET INC.
          (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                                <C>                             <C>
        DELAWARE                               4812                   75-1832168
(State or other jurisdiction of    (Primary Standard Industrial    (I.R.S. Employer
 incorporation or organization)     Classification Code Number)   Identification No.)
</TABLE>

                             6340 LBJ FREEWAY
                           DALLAS, TEXAS  75240
                               (214) 687-2000
             (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
       including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

                           ----------------------

                              JAN E. GAULDING
                         SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT AND
                          CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
                               PRONET INC.
                            6340 LBJ FREEWAY
                          DALLAS, TEXAS  75240
                             (214) 687-2000
          (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                 including area code, of agent for service)

                           ----------------------

                                Copies to:

         JEFFREY A. CHAPMAN                      MARK A. SOLLS
       VINSON & ELKINS L.L.P.                 VICE PRESIDENT AND
      3700 TRAMMELL CROW CENTER                 GENERAL COUNSEL
          2001 ROSS AVENUE                        PRONET INC.
      DALLAS, TEXAS  75201-2975                6340 LBJ FREEWAY
                                             DALLAS, TEXAS  75240

                           ----------------------

       APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement

                           ----------------------

      If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance
with General Instruction G, check the following box.  / /

                       CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
============================================================================================
                                                              PROPOSED
                                                 PROPOSED      MAXIMUM
                                                 MAXIMUM      AGGREGATE
TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF        AMOUNT TO BE   OFFERING PRICE    OFFERING         AMOUNT OF
SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED    REGISTERED      PER NOTE (1)    PRICE (1)    REGISTRATION FEE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>            <C>              <C>           <C>
11 7/8% Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2005                $100,000,000           100%     $100,000,000      $34,483
============================================================================================
<FN>
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

</TABLE>


     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THE
REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION,
ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.

=============================================================================


<PAGE>

                               PRONET INC.

                          CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
                Pursuant to Item 501(b) of Regulation S-K


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

     FORM S-4 ITEM NUMBER AND HEADING                          LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
     --------------------------------                          ----------------------
<S>  <C>                                                <C>
 1.  Forepart of Registration Statement
      and Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus...     Cover Page of Registration Statement;
                                                         Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus

 2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages
      of Prospectus................................     Inside Front and Outside Back Cover
                                                         Pages of Prospectus

 3.  Risk Factors, Ratio of Earnings to Fixed
      Charges and Other Information................     Summary; Risk Factors

 4.  Terms of the Transaction......................     Front Cover Page of the Prospectus; The
                                                         Exchange Offer; Plan of Distribution

 5.  Pro Forma Financial Information...............     Not Applicable

 6.  Material Contracts with the Company being
      Acquired.....................................     Not Applicable

 7.  Additional Information Required for
      Reoffering by Persons and Parties Deemed to
      be Underwriters..............................     Not Applicable

 8.  Interests of Named Experts and Counsel........     Not Applicable

 9.  Disclosure of Commission Position on
      Indemnification for Securities Act
      Liabilities..................................     Not Applicable

10.  Information with Respect to S-3 Registrants...     Summary; Risk Factors; Management's
                                                         Discussion and Analyis of Financial
                                                         Condition and Results of Operations;
                                                         Description of Credit Facility

11. Incorporation of Certain Information by
     Reference.....................................     Incorporation of Certain Documents by
                                                         Reference

12. Information with Respect to S-2 or S-3
     Registrants...................................     Not Applicable

13. Incorporation of Certain Information by
     Reference.....................................     Not Applicable

14. Information with Respect to Registrants Other
     Than S-3 or S-2 Registrants...................     Not Applicable

15. Information with Respect to S-3 Companies......     Not Applicable

16. Information with Respect to S-2 or S-3
     Companies.....................................     Not Applicable

17. Information with Respect to Companies Other
     Than S-3 or S-2 Companies.....................     Not Applicable

18. Information if Proxies, Consents or
     Authorizations are to be Solicited............     Not Applicable

19. Information if Proxies, Consents or
     Authorizations are not to be Solicited or in
     an Exchange Offer.............................     Not Applicable

</TABLE>

<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS

                           OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING
                   11 7/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2005
                                IN EXCHANGE FOR
                   11 7/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2005
                                       OF
                                  PRONET INC.
                                   ----------

                    INTEREST PAYABLE JUNE 15 AND DECEMBER 15
                            ------------------------

    ProNet  Inc. (the "Company") is  offering upon the terms  and subject to the
conditions  set  forth  in  this  Prospectus  and  the  accompanying  letter  of
transmittal  (the  "Letter  of  Transmittal")  (which  together  constitute  the
"Exchange Offer") to exchange $1,000 principal amount of its registered 11  7/8%
Senior  Subordinated Notes due 2005 (the  "New Notes") for each $1,000 principal
amount of its unregistered 11 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005 (the  "Old
Notes")  of which an aggregate principal  amount of $100,000,000 is outstanding.
The form and terms of the New Notes  are identical to the form and terms of  the
Old  Notes except that the  New Notes have been  registered under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended  (the "Securities Act"), and  will not bear any  legends
restricting their transfer. The New Notes will evidence the same debt as the Old
Notes  and will  be issued  pursuant to,  and entitled  to the  benefits of, the
Indenture (as hereinafter defined) governing the Old Notes. The Company has  not
issued,  and  does  not  have  any  current  firm  arrangements  to  issue,  any
significant indebtedness to which the New  Notes would be senior. The New  Notes
will  be  effectively  subordinated  to  substantially  all  of  the outstanding
indebtedness of the Company  and its subsidiaries. The  Exchange Offer is  being
made  in order  to satisfy certain  contractual obligations of  the Company. See
"The Exchange Offer" and "Description of New Notes."

    Interest on  the New  Notes will  be payable  semi-annually on  June 15  and
December  15 of each  year commencing December  15, 1995. The  New Notes will be
redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any time on  or
after June 15, 2000, at the redemption prices set forth herein, plus accrued and
unpaid  interest, if any, to  the date of redemption. The  New Notes will not be
subject to any mandatory sinking fund. In  the event of a Change of Control  (as
herein  defined),  each holder  of the  New Notes  will have  the right,  at the
holder's option, to require the Company to purchase such holder's New Notes at a
purchase price equal to 101% of  the principal amount thereof, plus accrued  and
unpaid  interest, if any,  to the date  of purchase. No  assurances can be given
that in the event of a Change  of Control the Company will have available  funds
to  repurchase the New  Notes. In addition, the  Company's ability to repurchase
the New Notes upon a Change of Control  may be limited by the terms of its  then
existing  contractual  obligations.  The  Credit  Facility  (as  herein defined)
provides that the  repurchase of the  New Notes  upon a Change  of Control  will
constitute a default under the Credit Facility, and any future credit agreements
or  other agreements  relating to  Senior Debt  (as herein  defined) may contain
similar provisions. As a result,  investors should anticipate that, without  the
consent of the lenders under the Credit Facility, the Company may not be able to
consummate  a transaction  involving a Change  of Control. See  "Risk Factors --
Subordination" and "Description of New Notes -- Certain Covenants."

    Borrowings by the Company  under the Credit Facility  are guaranteed by  the
Company's subsidiaries and are secured by substantially all of the assets of the
Company and its subsidiaries. See "Description of Credit Facility."

    The  New  Notes  will  be  general  unsecured  obligations  of  the  Company
subordinated in right of payment to all  existing and future Senior Debt of  the
Company.  As  of  June  30,  1995, after  giving  PRO  FORMA  effect  to certain
acquisitions and the offering of  the Old Notes and  the application of the  net
proceeds  therefrom, the Company  would have had  approximately $50.9 million of
Senior Debt outstanding. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Capitalization."

    The Indenture under which the New Notes are to be issued will not limit  the
amount  of Senior Debt that may be incurred  by the Company if certain tests are
met. See  "Risk Factors  --  Subordination" and  "Description  of New  Notes  --
Certain Covenants."

    The  interest rate on the Old Notes and the New Notes is subject to increase
and such Additional Interest (as herein defined) will be payable on the  payment
dates  set  forth above,  in certain  circumstances,  if the  New Notes  are not
registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") within
prescribed time  periods.  See "Description  of  New Notes  --  Exchange  Offer;
Registration Rights Agreement."

   
    The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, November 6,
1995,  or such  later date  and time  to which  it is  extended (the "Expiration
Date").
    

    Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes  for its own account in  exchange
for  Old Notes,  where the Old  Notes were  acquired by that  broker-dealer as a
result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge
that it will  deliver a prospectus  in connection  with any resale  of such  New
Notes.  This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time,
may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of New Notes  received
in  exchange for  Old Notes where  such Old Notes  were acquired as  a result of
market-making activities or other trading  activities. See "The Exchange  Offer"
and "Plan of Distribution."

    The  Old Notes are designated for  trading in the Private Offerings, Resales
and Trading  through Automated  Linkages ("PORTAL")  market. To  the extent  Old
Notes  are tendered and accepted in the  Exchange Offer, the principal amount of
outstanding Old Notes will decrease with  a resulting decrease in the  liquidity
in  the  market  therefor. Following  the  consummation of  the  Exchange Offer,
holders of Old Notes who were eligible to participate in the Exchange Offer  but
who  did not tender their Old Notes will not be entitled to certain rights under
the Registration Rights Agreement  (as herein defined) and  such Old Notes  will
continue  to be  subject to certain  restrictions on  transfer. Accordingly, the
liquidity in  the market  for the  Old  Notes could  be adversely  affected.  No
assurance  can be given as to the liquidity of the trading market for either the
Old Notes or the New Notes.

    FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS  TO BE CONSIDERED IN CONNECTION WITH  AN
INVESTMENT IN THE NEW NOTES, SEE "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 13.

                         ------------------------------

THESE  SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE  SECURITIES
 AND  EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
   ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
                            REPRESENTATION TO  THE  CONTRARY IS  A  CRIMINAL
                                    OFFENSE.

                         ------------------------------

   
October 5, 1995
    
<PAGE>

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and, in
accordance therewith, files reports, proxy statements and other information
with the Commission. Reports, proxy statements and other information filed by
the Company with the Commission pursuant to the informational requirements of
the Exchange Act may be inspected and copied at the public reference
facilities maintained by the Commission at Judiciary Plaza, Room 1924, 450
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at its regional offices at 7
World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048 and Northwestern Atrium Center,
500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60621-2511. The
Company's Common Stock is quoted on The Nasdaq Stock Market and such reports,
proxy statements and other information concerning the Company may be
inspected and copied at the offices of The Nasdaq Stock Market located at
1735 K Street, NW, Washington, D.C. 20006-1500.

     The Company is a Delaware corporation. The Company's principal executive
offices are located at 6340 LBJ Freeway, Dallas, Texas 75240 and the Company's
telephone number at that location is (214) 687-2000.


                 INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

     The following documents, which have been filed with the Commission by
the Company, are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof:

     (i)     Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December
31, 1994;

     (ii)    Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended December
31, 1994;

     (iii)   Annual Report on Form 10-K/A-2 for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 1994;

     (iv)    Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 16, 1995;

     (v)     Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended
March 31, 1995;

     (vi)    Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 17, 1995;

     (vii)   Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 19, 1995;

     (viii)  Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed May 12,
1995;

     (ix)    Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 18, 1995;

     (x)     Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 19, 1995;

     (xi)    Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed June 2, 1995;

     (xii)   Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 2, 1995;

     (xiii)  Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly
period ended June 30, 1995;

     (xiv)   Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 5, 1995;

     (xv)    Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 7, 1995;

   
     (xvi)   Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 15, 1995;
    

   
     (xvii)  Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed October 3, 1995; and
    

   
     (xviii) Current Report on Form 8-K/A-2 filed October 5, 1995.
    

     In addition, all documents filed pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14
or 15(d) of the Exchange Act subsequent to the date of this Prospectus and
prior to the termination of the offering of New Notes made hereby shall be
deemed to be incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and to be a part
hereof from the date of filing of such documents. Any statement contained
herein or in a document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by
reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of
this Prospectus to the extent that a statement contained herein or in any
subsequently filed document which also is or is deemed to be incorporated by
reference herein modifies or supersedes such statement. Any such statement so
modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or
superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus.


                                      2

<PAGE>

   
     THIS PROSPECTUS INCORPORATES DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE WHICH ARE NOT
PRESENTED HEREIN OR DELIVERED HEREWITH. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE UPON
REQUEST FROM THE COMPANY'S PRINCIPAL OFFICE: PRONET INC., 6430 LBJ FREEEWAY,
DALLAS, TEXAS 75240, ATTENTION: JAN E. GAULDING, SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT AND
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER (TELEPHONE: (214) 687-2000). IN ORDER TO ENSURE
TIMELY DELIVERY OF THE DOCUMENTS, ANY REQUEST SHOULD BE MADE BY OCTOBER 27,
1995.
    
                                       3

<PAGE>

                                    SUMMARY

     THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES THERETO APPEARING ELSEWHERE OR
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. UNLESS THE CONTEXT OTHERWISE
REQUIRES, REFERENCES IN THIS PROSPECTUS TO "PRONET" AND THE "COMPANY" REFER
TO PRONET INC. AND ITS CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES.

                                  THE COMPANY

     ProNet is one of the fastest growing wireless messaging providers in the
United States. The Company focuses its activities  in five geographic regions
or communication "SuperCenters" centered around major metropolitan markets
and population corridors, which generally have the demographics, market size,
travel patterns and types of businesses that indicate significant potential
demand for the Company's products and services. The Company is a leading
provider of paging services in 12 major metropolitan markets in the United
States, including New York, Chicago, Dallas/Fort Worth, Houston, Charlotte
and Los Angeles. As of June 30, 1995, the Company had approximately 636,700
pagers in service. Upon completion of the acquisitions  described herein, the
Company  will  have approximately 960,000 paging subscribers, making it one
of the five largest publicly traded paging companies in the United States.


     The Company was founded in 1982 with the purpose of providing paging
services to hospitals, doctors and other healthcare providers. Prior to
January 1994, the Company provided paging services solely to the healthcare
industry.  The Company is a solutions-oriented organization dedicated to
customer service which has concentrated on identifying market opportunities
in the wireless communications market where it can provide users with
enhanced wireless services. See "-- Enhanced Wireless Services and Products."
By utilizing proprietary technologies to manage the under-served market of
both the in-house and wide-area paging requirements of hospitals, the Company
quickly became the premier provider of customized, enhanced wireless services
to healthcare institutions in all of its major metropolitan markets. In 1988,
the Company began to apply advanced wireless technology to the security
business by marketing radio-activated electronic tracking systems to
financial institutions. As of June 30, 1995, the Company's security systems
consisted of 27,015 miniature radio transmitters, or "TracPacs," in service
and served approximately 400 customers.


     In 1993, ProNet management recognized that the Company's operating
expertise combined with its presence in major metropolitan markets presented
an opportunity to capitalize on the growing demand for pagers among both
business users and the population at large. The Company believes that much of
the future growth in pagers in service will occur in large population centers
 where demand from both business and individual subscribers will be primarily
for metropolitan and/or regional coverage. In 1994, the Company began to
market to these constituents through both direct and reseller distribution
channels and began to pursue acquisitions that complemented its existing
market presence.  As a result of the Company's recent acquisition strategy,
the Company primarily provides pagers in the commercial marketplace.

     The Company's strategy is to achieve rapid growth of its subscriber base
and expand service offerings while maintaining its low cost operating
structure. The Company believes that by further developing its SuperCenters,
it will continue to realize the benefits of operational consolidation while
maintaining the flexibility to react to regional market developments.  Key
elements of the Company's operating strategy include:

          GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATION.  ProNet management believes that focusing
     the Company's planned growth strategy around its SuperCenters allows the
     Company to receive the greatest benefit for each dollar invested and will
     most effectively address anticipated demand by new paging subscribers for
     metropolitan and/or regional coverage. ProNet ultimately intends to offer
     coverage to 60% of the United States population through its SuperCenters
     encompassing the Northeast (anchored by New York City), Midwest (anchored
     by Chicago), Southeast (anchored by Charlotte), South Central (anchored by
     Houston) and West (anchored by Los Angeles).

                                       4

<PAGE>
   
          SELECTIVE ACQUISITIONS.  The Company believes that a substantial
     portion of its growth will be achieved through acquisitions of commercial
     paging companies in its SuperCenter regions. ProNet carefully screens
     and evaluates acquisition candidates according to their synergistic
     qualities such as technical and operational characteristics, frequency
     compatibilities, geographic coverage and distribution capabilities within
     the SuperCenter strategy.  Through technical, operational and financial
     field teams, each new acquisition is quickly and thoroughly integrated
     into the existing SuperCenter operations to maximize cost savings and
     operating efficiencies. Since January 1, 1994, the Company has completed
     12 acquisitions and signed definitive agreements or letters of intent with
     respect to nine additional acquisitions that are expected to close in 1995
     or the first quarter of 1996.
    

          INCREASE MARKET PENETRATION.  ProNet intends to become a market leader
     in both its current and future markets by utilizing a variety of existing
     distribution channels and by continually exploring new channels. The
     Company uses its highly trained direct sales force to target businesses,
     medical institutions and individual customers. The Company also sells
     paging services through non-exclusive agreements with resellers or agents
     and through local and regional retailers. Emphasis on any one channel in a
     particular region is dictated by market characteristics and business
     opportunities. Based upon a June 1994 EMCI, Inc. industry survey, for the
     years 1990 to 1993 the Company maintained a monthly disconnect ("churn")
     rate significantly below the industry average. Churn is the number of
     customers discontinuing service each month as a percentage of the total
     subscriber base. ProNet's emphasis on customer service and system
     reliability is intended to enable the Company to continue to maintain
     this below average monthly churn rate and thereby further strengthen
     its market share within its SuperCenters. See "Management's Discussion
     and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."


          COST EFFICIENT PROVIDER.  The Company operates efficiently through
     consolidation of key operating functions in one location per SuperCenter
     and through the elimination of redundant operations in acquired companies.
     The Company believes that subscriber volume, automation and shared overhead
     will allow each SuperCenter to be one of the most cost efficient providers
     in its marketplace.

          ENHANCED WIRELESS SERVICES AND PRODUCTS.  ProNet currently offers a
     number of enhanced wireless products and services. The Company's
     proprietary Intelligent Processing Terminal ("IPT") system for large
     corporate accounts is a multi-tasking wide-area communications system
     capable of managing a company's in-house and wide-area paging
     requirements within a single system. The Company also offers value-added
     paging services such as voice-mail, simultaneous group paging, news and
     sports highlights, stock quotes, remote alpha entry and other specialized
     marketing applications. ProNet's security systems, consisting of TracPacs
     and tracking receivers, provide a wireless solution to the specialized
     asset recovery needs of various governmental agencies and business
     customers. The Company expects to offer additional enhanced services
     and technologies as they become available.

     Wireless messaging is a high growth industry. Industry sources estimate
that there are currently 25 million pagers in service in the United States, a
penetration rate of 10% of the population. The number of pagers in service in
the United States has grown at an annual rate of 15-20% since the early
1980s. Industry reports continue to project rapid growth for one-way pagers
and other wireless messaging services.  Factors contributing to this level of
growth include (i) increasing mobility of the population, (ii) movement
toward a service-based economy, (iii) growing consumer awareness of the
benefits of mobile communications, (iv) technical advances in equipment and
services offered, and (v) continuing price efficiencies in equipment and
services offered.

                                       5

<PAGE>
                                  ACQUISITIONS

     In 1993, as part of its overall strategy to capitalize on the growing
demand for pagers among commercial users and consumers in general, the Company
announced its plan to commence acquiring paging businesses within its
SuperCenter regions.  Since this announcement, the Company has purchased or
entered into definitive agreements or letters of intent to purchase the paging
operations described below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    STATUS OF       PAGERS IN
ACQUISTION       LOCATION(S)        ACQUISITION     SERVICE(1)   PURCHASE PRICE
- ----------       ------------       -----------    -----------   --------------
<S>              <C>                <C>               <C>         <C>
COMPLETED
 ACQUISITIONS

Contact          New York City      Closed 3-1-94      91,000     $ 19.0 million

Radio Call       New York City      Closed 8-1-94      57,000     $  7.8 million

ChiComm          Chicago            Closed 8-1-94      30,000     $  9.8 million

High Tech        Chicago and Texas  Closed 12-31-94     2,000     $  0.9 million

Signet           Charlotte          Closed 3-1-95      30,000     $  9.0 million

Carrier          New York City      Closed 4-1-95      31,200     $  6.5 million

Metropolitan     Houston            Closed 5-3-95     150,000     $ 21.0 million

All City         Milwaukee          Closed 5-19-95     20,000     $  6.4 million

Americom         Houston            Closed 7-1-95      86,000     $ 17.5 million

Lewis            Georgia            Closed 9-1-95      15,000     $  5.6 million

Gold Coast       Florida            Closed 9-1-95       6,000     $  2.3 million

  Total Closed
   Acquisitions                                       518,200     $105.8 million
                                                      -------     --------------

PENDING
 ACQUISITIONS

Apple            Chicago            Letter of Intent              )
                                    signed 7-10-95     41,500     )
                                                                  )
SigNet                                                            )
 Raleigh         Raleigh            Definitive                    )
                                    Agreement signed              )
                                    9-27-95            13,000     )
                                                                  )
Sun              Florida            Letter of Intent              )
                                    signed 7-26-95     12,000     )
                                                                  )
P&C              Houston            Letter of Intent              )
                                    signed 8-2-95          -0-(2) )
                                                                  )
Page One         Georgia            Letter of Intent              )
                                    signed 8-7-95      30,000     )     $ 74.9 million (3)
                                                                  )
Nationwide       Los Angeles        Letter of Intent              )
                                    signed 8-11-95     45,000     )
                                                                  )
Williams         Florida            Letter of Intent              )
                                    signed 8-16-95                )
                                                                  )
RCS              North Carolina     Letter of Intent              )
                                    signed 8-22-95     78,500(4)  )
                                                                  )
Total            Florida            Letter of Intent              )
                                    signed 8-22-95                )
                                                                  )
AGR              Florida            Letter of Intent              )
                                    signed 8-22-95                )

</TABLE>

                                        6

<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   STATUS OF     PAGERS IN
ACQUISITION       LOCATION(S)     ACQUISITION   SERVICE(1)    PURCHASE PRICE
- ----------       ------------     -----------   -----------    --------------
<S>              <C>             <C>              <C>          <C>
                                                ---------      --------------
Total Pending
 Acquisitions                                     220,000      $ 74.9 million
                                                ---------      --------------
Total
 Acquisitions                                     738,000      $181.8 million
                                                ---------      --------------
                                                ---------      --------------
- -----------------------------
<FN>
(1)  As of the closing date or the date of execution of the definitive agreement
     or letter of intent, as applicable.

(2)  P&C was the Company's largest reseller serving more than 40,000
     subscribers in Texas. On October 2, 1995 the Company acquired
     substantially all of the paging assets of P&C for $9.5 million
     in cash.  The terms and conditions of this acquisition were
     substantially the same as the terms and conditions depicted in
     the letter of intent.

(3)  Represents aggregate purchase price for Apple, Signet Raleigh, Sun, P&C,
     Page One, Nationwide, Williams, RCS, Total and AGR.

(4)  Represents aggregate number of pagers for Williams, RCS, Total and AGR.

</TABLE>
    

This portion of the text is a graphic depicting a map of the continental
United States indicating the locations of the Company's SuperCenters in the
Northeast Region (New York, NY -- 269,094 pagers in service), Southeast
Region (Charlotte, NC -- 220,392 pagers in service), South Central Region
(Houston, TX -- 276,114 pagers in service), Midwest Region (Chicago, IL --
129,591 pagers in service), and West Region (Los Angeles -- 31,510 pagers in
service).

                                        7



<PAGE>
                              THE EXCHANGE OFFER

     The Exchange Offer applies to $100 million aggregate principal amount of
the Old Notes.  The form and terms of the New Notes are the same as the form
and terms of the Old Notes except that the New Notes have been registered
under the Securities Act and, therefore, will not bear legends restricting
their transfer. The New Notes will evidence the same debt as the Old Notes
and will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture pursuant to which the
Old Notes were issued.  The Company has not issued, and does not have any
current firm arrangements to issue, any significant indebtedness to which the
New Notes would be senior.  The New Notes will be effectively subordinated to
substantially all of the outstanding indebtedness of the Company and its
subsidiaries.  The Old Notes and the New Notes are sometimes referred to
collectively herein as the "Notes." See "Description of New Notes."

The Exchange Offer.........  $1,000  principal amount of New  Notes
                             in  exchange for each $1,000 principal
                             amount  of Old Notes.  As of the  date
                             hereof,  Old  Notes representing  $100
                             million  aggregate  principal   amount
                             were  outstanding.  The terms  of  the
                             New   Notes  and  the  Old  Notes  are
                             substantially identical.

                             Based  on  an  interpretation  by  the
                             Commission's  staff set forth  in  no-
                             action letters issued to third parties
                             unrelated to the Company, the  Company
                             believes  that,  with  the  exceptions
                             discussed  herein,  New  Notes  issued
                             pursuant  to  the  Exchange  Offer  in
                             exchange for Old Notes may be  offered
                             for   resale,  resold  and   otherwise
                             transferred  by  any person  receiving
                             the  New  Notes, whether or  not  that
                             person  is the holder (other than  any
                             such  holder or such other person that
                             is   an  "affiliate"  of  the  Company
                             within  the meaning of Rule 405  under
                             the     Securities    Act),    without
                             compliance  with the registration  and
                             prospectus delivery provisions of  the
                             Securities Act, provided that (i)  the
                             New Notes are acquired in the ordinary
                             course  of business of that holder  or
                             such  other  person, (ii) neither  the
                             holder   nor  such  other  person   is
                             engaging in or intends to engage in  a
                             distribution  of the  New  Notes,  and
                             (iii)  neither  the  holder  nor  such
                             other  person  has an  arrangement  or
                             understanding  with  any   person   to
                             participate in the distribution of the
                             New  Notes.  However, the Company  has
                             not  sought,  and does not  intend  to
                             seek,  its  own no-action  letter, and
                             there  can  be no assurance  that  the
                             Commission's   staff  would   make   a
                             similar determination with respect  to
                             the Exchange Offer.  See "The Exchange
                             Offer --  Purpose and  Effect."   Each
                             broker-dealer that receives New  Notes
                             for  its  own account in exchange  for
                             Old  Notes, where those Old Notes were
                             acquired  by  the broker-dealer  as  a
                             result of its market-making activities
                             or   other  trading  activities,  must
                             acknowledge  that it  will  deliver  a
                             prospectus  in  connection  with   any
                             resale of those New Notes.  See  "Plan
                             of Distribution."
Registration Rights
 Agreement.................  The Old Notes were sold by the Company
                             on   June   15,  1995  in  a   private
                             placement.   In  connection  with  the
                             sale,  the  Company  entered  into   a
                             Registration Rights Agreement with the
                             initial  purchasers of the  Old  Notes
                             (the  "Registration Rights Agreement")
                             providing for the Exchange Offer.  See
                             "The  Exchange  Offer --  Purpose  and
                             Effect."


                                       8


<PAGE>
   
Expiration Date............  The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00
                             P.M.,  New York City time, November 6,
                             1995,  or  such later date and time to
                             which  it is extended.
    
Withdrawal Rights..........  The  tender  of Old Notes pursuant  to
                             the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at
                             any  time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York
                             City  time,  on  the Expiration  Date.
                             Any   Old   Notes  not  accepted   for
                             exchange  for  any  reason   will   be
                             returned   without  expense   to   the
                             tendering  holder thereof as  promptly
                             as practicable after the expiration or
                             termination of the Exchange Offer.

Interest on the New Notes
 and Old Notes.............  Interest on each New Note will  accrue
                             from  the date of issuance of the  Old
                             Note   for  which  the  New  Note   is
                             exchanged or from the date of the last
                             periodic payment of interest  on  such
                             Old Note, whichever is later.

Conditions to the Exchange
 Offer.....................  The  Exchange  Offer  is  subject   to
                             certain  customary conditions, certain
                             of which may be waived by the Company.
                             See "The Exchange Offer -- Conditions."

Procedures for Tendering
 Old Notes.................  Each  holder of Old Notes  wishing  to
                             accept   the   Exchange   Offer   must
                             complete, sign and date the Letter  of
                             Transmittal,  or  a copy  thereof,  in
                             accordance   with   the   instructions
                             contained herein and therein, and mail
                             or  otherwise  deliver the  Letter  of
                             Transmittal,  or  the  copy,  together
                             with  the  Old  Notes  and  any  other
                             required   documentation,    to    the
                             Exchange  Agent  at  the  address  set
                             forth  herein.   Persons  holding  Old
                             Notes  through  the  Depository  Trust
                             Company  (the  "DTC") and  wishing  to
                             accept the Exchange Offer must  do  so
                             pursuant to the DTC's Automated Tender
                             Offer Program, by which each tendering
                             Participant will agree to be bound  by
                             the   Letter   of   Transmittal.    By
                             executing or agreeing to be  bound  by
                             the Letter of Transmittal, each holder
                             will  represent to the  Company  that,
                             among  other things, (i) the New Notes
                             acquired   pursuant  to  the  Exchange
                             Offer   are  being  acquired  in   the
                             ordinary  course  of business  of  the
                             person   receiving  such  New   Notes,
                             whether  or  not such  person  is  the
                             holder  of the Old Notes, (ii) neither
                             the  holder nor any such other  person
                             is engaging in or intends to engage in
                             a  distribution  of  such  New  Notes,
                             (iii) neither the holder nor any  such
                             other  person  has an  arrangement  or
                             understanding  with  any   person   to
                             participate  in  the  distribution  of
                             such  New Notes, and (iv) neither  the
                             holder nor any such other person is an
                             "affiliate" (as defined under Rule 405
                             promulgated under the Securities  Act)
                             of the Company.


                                       9
<PAGE>

                             Pursuant  to  the Registration  Rights
                             Agreement, the Company is required  to
                             file  a registration statement  for  a
                             continuous offering pursuant  to  Rule
                             415   under  the  Securities  Act   in
                             respect  of the Old Notes if  existing
                             Commission interpretations are changed
                             such  that  the New Notes received  by
                             holders in the Exchange Offer are  not
                             or   would   not  be,  upon   receipt,
                             transferable  by  each   such   holder
                             (other   than  an  affiliate  of   the
                             Company) without restriction under the
                             Securities  Act.   See  "The  Exchange
                             Offer -- Purpose and Effect."

Acceptance of Old Notes
 and Delivery of New Notes.  The  Company will accept for  exchange
                             any   and  all  Old  Notes  which  are
                             properly   tendered  in  the  Exchange
                             Offer  prior  to 5:00 p.m.,  New  York
                             City  time,  on  the Expiration  Date.
                             The  New Notes issued pursuant to  the
                             Exchange   Offer  will  be   delivered
                             promptly   following  the   Expiration
                             Date. See "The Exchange Offer -- Terms
                             on the Exchange Offer."

Exchange Agent.............  First  Interstate Bank of Texas, N.A.,
                             is   serving  as  Exchange  Agent   in
                             connection with the Exchange Offer.

Federal Income Tax
 Considerations............  The  exchange pursuant to the Exchange
                             Offer will not be a taxable event  for
                             federal  income  tax  purposes.    See
                             "Certain     Federal    Income     Tax
                             Considerations."

Effect of Not Tendering....  Old  Notes  that are not  tendered  or
                             that  are  tendered but  not  accepted
                             will, following the completion of  the
                             Exchange Offer, continue to be subject
                             to   the  existing  restrictions  upon
                             transfer  thereof.  The  Company  will
                             have  no further obligation to provide
                             for   the   registration   under   the
                             Securities Act of such Old Notes.


                                      10

<PAGE>
                              TERMS OF NEW NOTES


Securities Offered.........  $100,000,000 principal amount of  11 7/8%
                             Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005

Maturity Date..............  June 15, 2005

Interest Payment Dates.....  June 15 and December 15, commencing December
                             15, 1995

Sinking Fund Provisions....  None

Optional Redemption........  The New Notes will be  redeemable, in whole or
                             in  part, at the option of the  Company at any
                             time on or  after June 15, 2000 at the
                             redemption prices set forth  herein plus accrued
                             interest  to the redemption date.

Change of Control..........  The Company will be required to offer to
                             repurchase all outstanding New Notes at 101% of
                             the principal amount plus accrued interest
                             promptly after the occurrence of a Change of
                             Control (as defined). See "Description of New
                             Notes -- Certain Covenants."

Ranking....................  The New Notes will be general  unsecured
                             obligations of the Company and will be
                             subordinated to all existing and future
                             Senior Debt (as defined) of the Company.
                             The indenture pursuant to which the New Notes
                             will be issued (the "Indenture") provides
                             that the Company will not incur any debt that
                             is subordinate in right of payment to any
                             Senior Debt of the Company and senior in right
                             of payment to the New Notes.

Certain Covenants..........  The Indenture contains certain covenants that,
                             among other things, limit the ability of the
                             Company and its subsidiaries to incur other
                             indebtedness, pay dividends, engage in
                             transactions with affiliates, sell assets and
                             engage in mergers and consolidations and other
                             acquisitions. See "Description of New Notes --
                             Certain Covenants."


                                      11

<PAGE>


                   SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND OPERATING INFORMATION

     The following table presents summary financial data for the Company as
of the dates and for the periods indicated. The financial data for the years
ended December 31, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 and 1994 were derived from the
audited consolidated financial statements of the Company. The financial data
for the six months ended June 30, 1994 and 1995 have been derived from the
Company's unaudited consolidated financial statements. The following
information should be read in conjunction with the Company's pro forma
condensed consolidated financial statements and the consolidated financial
statements and related notes thereto incorporated by reference herein and with
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" included elsewhere herein.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                             SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                               YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                          JUNE 30,
                              ---------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------
                                                                                 PRO                          PRO
                                                                                FORMA                         FORMA
                               1990      1991      1992      1993      1994    1994 (1)    1994      1995    1995 (2)
                              -------  --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
                                         (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PERCENTAGE, RATIO AND UNIT DATA)
<S>                           <C>        <C>     <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 Service revenues (3)........ $13,028  $ 15,084  $ 16,845  $ 19,234  $ 33,079  $ 82,431   $13,461  $ 23,892   $ 43,207
 Product sales (4)...........   1,581     1,466     1,855     2,040     6,639    19,877     1,931     4,669      9,895
                              -------  --------  --------  --------  --------  --------   -------  --------   --------
 Total revenues..............  14,609    16,550    18,700    21,274    39,718   102,308    15,392    28,561     53,102
 Depreciation and
  amortization expense.......   3,308     3,748     4,077     4,656     8,574    25,346     3,438     6,461     12,427
 Operating income............     556     1,223     1,834     2,732     3,189       374     1,426     1,399      1,659
 Interest expense............     528       425       310       292     1,774    14,879       517     1,894      7,553
 Income (loss) before
  extraordinary item.........     215       794     1,754     1,574       693   (14,184)      933      (372)    (5,478)
 Net income (loss)...........     395     1,312     1,754     1,574       693   (14,184)      933      (372)    (5,478)
OTHER DATA:
 Pagers in service at end of
  period.....................  88,759   103,157   114,356   130,000   353,830   915,168   235,903   636,701    960,398
 TracPacs in service at end
  of period..................  11,544    13,846    19,210    25,841    27,595    27,595    26,767    27,015     27,015
 Pagers in service per
  employee (5)...............     490       570       880     1,000     1,325     1,525     1,204     1,667      1,600
 ARPU-Paging (6)............. $ 11.51  $  10.64  $  10.48  $  10.23  $   8.31  $   7.09   $  9.31  $   6.79   $   7.10
 ARPU-TracPac (7)............   14.25     15.00     14.75     15.90     16.52     16.52     15.68     16.18      16.18
 Operating, general and
  administrative costs per
  paging subscriber (8)......    4.76      4.80      5.13      5.33      3.30      3.98      3.75      3.63       3.89
 EBITDA (9).................. $ 3,864  $  4,971  $  5,911  $  7,388   $11,763  $ 25,720   $ 4,864  $  7,860   $ 14,086
 EBITDA margin (10)..........      28%       32%       34%       36%       36%       31%       36%       33%        32%
 Capital expenditures (11)... $ 4,708  $  4,193  $  5,523  $  5,497  $  5,777  $ 10,826   $ 2,075  $  5,847   $  7,822
 Ratio of total debt to
  EBITDA (12)................     1.2x      1.0x      0.6x      0.5x      0.9x      5.8x      2.5x      7.3x       5.3x
 Ratio of EBITDA to interest
  expense....................     7.3      11.7      19.1      25.3       6.6       1.7       9.4       4.1        1.9
 Ratio of earnings to fixed
  charges (13)...............     1.8       4.1       6.1       8.7       1.8        --       2.5        --         --

</TABLE>

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            AS OF JUNE 30, 1995
                                                       -----------------------------
                                                         ACTUAL      PRO FORMA (14)
                                                       ----------   ----------------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                    <C>                  <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash and cash equivalents................            $ 48,725             $     --
  Working capital..........................              49,797                2,555
  Total assets.............................             168,509              221,480
  Total debt...............................             108,002              150,205
  Total liabilities........................             118,453              162,174
  Total shareholders' equity...............              50,056               59,306

                                        12

<PAGE>
<FN>
     (1) Gives effect to (a) the acquisition of Contact Communications, Inc.
("Contact") and Metropolitan Houston Paging Services, Inc. ("Metropolitan"),
and the acquisition of the paging assets of Radio Call Company, Inc. ("Radio
Call"), the RCC division of Chicago Communication Service, Inc. ("ChiComm"),
High Tech Communications Corp. ("High Tech"), Carrier Paging Systems, Inc.
("Carrier"), Signet Paging of Charlotte, Inc. ("Signet"), All City
Communication Company, Inc. ("All City"), Americom  Paging  Corporation
("Americom"), Gold Coast Paging, Inc. ("Gold Coast") and Lewis Paging, Inc.
("Lewis" and, together with Contact,  Metropolitan, Radio Call, ChiComm,
High Tech, Carrier, Signet, All City, Americom and Gold Coast, the "Completed
Acquisitions") and (b) the acquisition  of Apple Communication, Inc.
("Apple"), Williams Metro Communications Corp. and affiliates ("Williams"),
Total Communications, Inc. ("Total"), and A.G.R. Electronics, Inc. and
affiliates ("AGR") and the paging assets of Signet of Raleigh, Inc. ("Signet
Raleigh"), Sun Paging Communications ("Sun"), Paging and Cellular of Texas
(a sole proprietorship) ("P&C"), Cobbwells, Inc. dba Page One Communications
("Page One"), Nationwide Paging, Inc. ("Nationwide"), and RCS paging, a
division of Reisenweaver Communications, Inc. ("RCS" and, together with Apple,
Williams, Total, AGR, Signet Raleigh, Sun, P&C, Page One and Nationwide, the
"Pending Acquisitions") as if  they had occurred at the beginning of the period
presented, and assumes that they were funded with a portion of the proceeds of
the offering of the Old Notes.  The Completed Acquisitions and the Pending
Acquisitions are collectively referred to as the "Acquisitions." On October 2,
1995 the Company acquired substantially all of the paging assets of P&C for
$9.5 million in cash. The terms and conditions of this acquisition were
substantially the same as the terms and conditions depicted in the letter
of intent.

     (2)  Gives effect to the acquisitions of Carrier, Signet, Metropolitan,
All City, Americom, Gold Coast, Lewis and the Pending Acquisitions as if
they had occurred at the beginning of the period presented, and assumes that
they were funded with the proceeds of the offering of the Old Notes.

    (3) Service revenues consist of fixed monthly, quarterly, annual and
bi-annual service and leasing fees.

    (4) Product sales include pager and paging equipment sales and other
security systems' income.

    (5) Calculated by dividing pagers in service at the beginning of such
month by the number of employees at the end of the period presented. This
calculation excludes employees directly related to the security systems
business.

    (6)  ARPU-Paging (average revenue per paging unit) is calculated by
dividing paging systems' service revenues for the last month in the period
by the number of pagers in service at the beginning of such month.

    (7)  ARPU-TracPac (average revenue per TracPac unit) is calculated by
dividing security systems' service revenues for the last month in the
period by the number of TracPacs in service at the beginning of such month.

    (8)  Calculated by dividing the sum of the cost of pager lease and access
fees and general and administrative expenses for the last month in the period
by the number of pagers in service at the beginning of such month.

    (9) EBITDA is earnings before other income (expense), income taxes,
depreciation and amortization expense. Other income (expense) consists
primarily of interest expense. EBITDA does not represent cash flows as
defined by generally accepted accounting principles and does not necessarily
indicate that cash flows are sufficient to fund all of the Company's cash
needs. EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for
net income, cash from operating activities or other measures of liquidity
determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

    (10) Calculated by dividing EBITDA by the sum of total revenues less cost
of products sold for the period presented.

    (11) Excludes acquisition costs.

                                        13

<PAGE>
    (12) Calculated by dividing total debt at the end of the period by EBITDA
for the 12 months ended on the last day of the period except the pro forma
ratio for the six months ended June 30, 1995 is based on annualized EBITDA.

    (13) The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is calculated as the sum of
income before taxes plus fixed charges, divided by fixed  charges. Fixed
charges consist of interest  expense including amortization of deferred
financing costs. For the six months ended June 30, 1995 and on a pro forma
basis for the year ended December 31, 1994 and the six months ended June 30,
1995, earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $372,000, $14.2
million and $5.5 million, respectively.

     (14)  Gives effect to the acquisitions of Americom, Gold Coast, Lewis
and the Pending Acquisitions as if they had occurred on June 30, 1995, as
adjusted to reflect the sale of the Old Notes and the application of the net
proceeds therefrom. See "Use of Proceeds."
</TABLE>
    
                                      14

<PAGE>
                          RISK FACTORS

   IN ADDITION TO THE OTHER INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS, THE FOLLOWING
FACTORS SHOULD BE CONSIDERED CAREFULLY IN EVALUATING AN INVESTMENT IN THE NEW
NOTES OFFERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS.

ACQUISITION AND GROWTH STRATEGY

   
   The Company intends to continue to pursue an aggressive acquisition
strategy. Since January 1, 1994, the Company has purchased 12 paging
operations and signed definitive agreements or  letters  of  intent  to
purchase nine  more  companies, representing 738,000 pagers in service in the
aggregate. No assurances can be given that the Pending Acquisitions will be
consummated, that further suitable acquisition candidates can be found or
purchased on favorable terms, or that the Pending Acquisitions, if completed,
will be successful. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the Company will
be able to integrate the  paging  operations of each of the  acquired
companies successfully. If the Company is not successful in integrating such
paging operations, the business of the Company may be adversely affected. In
addition, integration of new acquisitions may, at least in the short term,
have an adverse impact upon the Company's operations.
    

   Prior to 1994, the Company delivered paging services solely to members of
the healthcare industry. However, most of the Company's growth since January
1994 has resulted from, and much of the Company's future growth is expected
to result from, the addition of non-healthcare subscribers, such as small
businesses and individual consumers, many of whom will purchase and maintain
their own pagers rather than lease their pagers from the Company. This may
tend to reduce the Company's average revenue per unit ("ARPU") because such
subscribers will not generate  leasing revenues.  The combined lease and
access fee of a single leased pager currently ranges from approximately
$3.00 to $45.00 per month, depending upon the type of pager and optional
features selected. The Company charges a monthly access fee for service to
each customer owned and maintained ("COAM") pager of from $2.00 to $18.00.
See "Summary -- Summary Financial and Operating Information."



   The following table sets forth as of December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 and
June 30, 1995 the respective numbers and percentages of pagers that are
(i) serviced and owned by the Company, (ii) serviced by the Company and owned
by subscribers and (iii) serviced by the Company through resellers and owned
by the resellers or their subscribers.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Ownership of Pagers in Service
                                               --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    December 31,                       June 30,
                                               --------------------------------------------------  ----------------
                                                     1992            1993             1994(1)          1995(2)
                                               ---------------  ----------------  ---------------  ----------------
                                               Number  Percent  Number   Percent  Number  Percent  Number   Percent
                                               ------  -------  ------   -------  ------  -------  ------   -------
<S>                                            <C>       <C>    <C>        <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>        <C>
Company owned and leased to subscribers . . .  93,772    82%    106,600    82%    165,359   47%    216,797    34%
Subscriber owned (COAM) . . . . . . . . . . .  20,584    18      23,400    18      20,163    6      31,453     5
Resellers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      --    --          --    --     168,308   47     388,451    61
                                              -------   ---     -------   ---     -------  ---     -------   ---
    Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114,356   100%    130,000   100%    353,830  100%    636,701   100%
                                              -------   ---     -------   ---     -------  ---     -------   ---
                                              -------   ---     -------   ---     -------  ---     -------   ---
<FN>
(1) Includes approximately 180,000 pagers in service acquired in the Contact,
    Radio Call, ChiComm and HighTech acquisitions in 1994.

(2) Includes approximately 231,200 pagers in service acquired in the Signet,
    Carrier, All City and Metropolitan acquisitions in 1995.
</TABLE>



   Marketing and providing paging services  to  such businesses and consumers
can vary significantly from marketing and  providing  such services to
healthcare subscribers.  No assurances can be given that the Company will be
successful in the general marketplace. See "Use of Proceeds" and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."


HIGH DEGREE OF LEVERAGE; RESTRICTIONS IMPOSED BY LENDERS

   The Company is, and after the completion of the offering of the  Old Notes
has continued to be, highly leveraged.  At June 30, 1995, after giving pro
forma effect to the acquisitions of Americom, Gold Coast, Lewis and the Pending
Acquisitions  and the offering of the Old  Notes  and  the application of the
net proceeds therefrom, the Company would have had approximately $150 million
of debt outstanding and the Company's long-term debt as a percentage of total
capitalization would have been 72%.

   The Company's high degree of leverage will have important consequences  to
 holders of the New Notes,  including  the following:  (i) the ability of the
Company to obtain additional financing  in the future for acquisitions,
working  capital, capital expenditures or other purposes, should it need to
do so, may be impaired; (ii) a substantial portion of the Company's cash flow
from operations will be required to be dedicated to the payment of the
Company's interest expense, which will reduce the funds available to the
Company for its operations and future business opportunities; (iii) the
Company may be more highly leveraged than some of its competitors, which may
place it at a competitive disadvantage; and (iv) the Company's high degree of
leverage may make it more vulnerable to a downturn in its business or the
economy generally.

   The Company's credit facility (the "Credit Facility") and the  Indenture
contain  financial  and  operating  covenants including, among other things,
requirements that the Company maintain certain financial ratios and satisfy
certain financial tests and limitations on the Company's ability to incur
other indebtedness,  pay  dividends, engage  in  transactions  with
affiliates, sell assets and engage in mergers and consolidations and other
acquisitions. If the Company fails to comply with these covenants, the
lenders will be able to accelerate the maturity of the applicable
indebtedness. See "Use of Proceeds," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Description of Credit Facility"
and "Description of New Notes."


                                      15

<PAGE>

DEBT SERVICE; DEFICIT OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

   For the six months ended June 30, 1995 and on a pro forma basis for the year
ended December 31, 1994 and the six months ended June 30, 1995, the Company's
earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $372,000, $14.2 million
and $5.5 million, respectively. The ability of the Company  to continue making
payments of principal and interest will  be largely dependent upon its future
performance. Many factors, some of which will be beyond the Company's control
(such as prevailing economic conditions), will affect its performance. Because
borrowings under the Credit Facility will bear interest at rates that will
fluctuate with certain prevailing interest rates, increases in such prevailing
interest rates will increase the Company's interest payment obligations and
could have an adverse effect on the Company. There can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to generate sufficient cash flow to cover required
interest and principal payments. If the Company is unable to meet interest and
principal payments in the future, it may, depending upon the circumstances
which then exist, seek additional equity or debt financing, attempt to
refinance its existing indebtedness or sell all or part of its business or
assets to raise funds to repay its indebtedness. There can be no assurance that
sufficient equity or debt financing will be available, or, if available, that
it will be on terms acceptable to the Company, that the Company will be able to
refinance its existing indebtedness or that sufficient funds could be raised
through asset sales. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and
Capital Resources."

SUBORDINATION

   The New Notes will be unsecured and subordinated in right of payment to
all existing and future Senior Debt of the Company, including all
indebtedness under the Credit Facility. By reason of  such  subordination, in
the event  of  the  insolvency, liquidation or other reorganization of the
Company, the Senior Debt must be paid in full before the principal of,
premium, if any, and interest on the New Notes may be paid. As of June 30,
1995, after giving pro forma effect to the acquisitions of Carrier,
Metropolitan, All City, Americom, Gold Coast, Lewis and the Pending
Aquisitions, the offering of the Old Notes and the Exchange Offer,  the  New
Notes  would have  been  subordinated  to approximately $50.9 million of
Senior Debt. The Indenture under which the New Notes are to be issued will
not limit the amount of Senior Debt that may be incurred by the Company if
certain tests are met. See "Description of New Notes -- Certain Covenants."

   The Company may not pay the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on
the New Notes, or repurchase, redeem or otherwise retire the New Notes, if
any Senior Debt is not paid when due or any default on Senior Debt occurs and
the maturity of such Senior Debt is accelerated in accordance with its terms
unless, in either case, the default has been cured or waived, any such
acceleration has been rescinded or such Senior Debt has been paid in full,
except that the Company may make payments with respect to the New Notes with
the approval of certain holders of the Senior Debt. In addition, if any
default exists with respect to certain Senior Debt and certain other
conditions are satisfied, the Company may not make any payments on the New
Notes for a designated period of time. The right of each holder of the New
Notes to require the Company to repurchase the New Notes at a premium upon
the occurrence of a Change of Control would be blocked by the foregoing
subordination provisions to the extent that the event constituting a Change
of Control also causes a default (or if a default otherwise exists) under the
Credit Facility or other Senior Debt. Upon any payment or distribution of
assets of the Company upon a total or partial liquidation, dissolution,
reorganization or similar proceeding, the holders of Senior Debt will be
entitled to receive payment in full before the holders of the New Notes are
entitled to receive any payment. See "Description of New Notes --
Subordination."

HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE

    Because ProNet operates a significant portion of  its business through
its subsidiaries, the Company's cash flow and its  ability to service debt,
including the New Notes, are substantially dependent upon the cash flow of
its subsidiaries and the payment of funds by those subsidiaries to the
Company through loans, dividends or otherwise. The subsidiaries, however, are
legally distinct from the Company and have no obligation, contingent or
otherwise, to pay amounts due pursuant to the New Notes or to make any funds
available for such payment. The ability of the Company's subsidiaries to make
such payments will be subject to applicable state laws. Claims of creditors
of the Company's subsidiaries will generally have priority as to

                                   16

<PAGE>

the assets of such subsidiaries over the claims of the Company and the
holders of the Company's indebtedness. Except as otherwise permitted in the
Indenture, the Company's subsidiaries may not incur indebtedness. However,
all of the Company's subsidiaries are guarantors of the indebtedness under
the Credit Facility and have granted security interests in substantially all
of their assets to secure such indebtedness. As a result of these factors,
the New Notes will be effectively subordinated to all liabilities of the
Company's subsidiaries. See "Description of New Notes."

FUTURE PROFITABILITY

   The Company has been profitable in each of the last five years. However,
the Company anticipates incurring significantly greater  depreciation,
amortization and interest expenses  in future periods as a result of the
Company's recent and planned acquisitions of commercial paging companies and
the offering of the Old Notes. Such increased expenses will reduce net income
and may contribute to the Company's incurrence of losses in future periods.
In any event, no assurances can be given that the Company will continue to
achieve profitability. See "Summary -- Summary Financial and Operating
Information" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations."

SUBSCRIBER TURNOVER

   The results of operations of paging service providers such as  the Company
may be significantly affected by subscriber cancellations. In order to
realize net growth in pagers in service, disconnected users must be replaced
and additional users must be added. However, the sales and marketing costs
associated with attracting new subscribers are substantial relative to the
costs of providing service to existing customers. Although the Company's
current disconnect rate is below the industry average, the  Company
anticipates that, as the number of its commercial subscribers increases,
it will experience  a  higher disconnect rate in the future among small
businesses, individual consumers and other non-healthcare subscribers than
it  has experienced historically, primarily because commercial subscribers
tend to disconnect their paging services more frequently than do healthcare
subscribers. A significant increase in the Company's subscriber cancellation
rate may adversely affect the Company's operating results. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

COMPETITION AND TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE

   The Company faces direct competition in all of its paging markets.
Competition for subscribers to the Company's paging services in most
geographic markets is based primarily on the price and quality of services
offered and the geographic area covered. Some of the Company's competitors,
which include certain national  and  regional paging companies and  Regional
Bell Operating  Companies,  possess greater  financial  and  other resources
than the Company. There can be no assurance that additional competitors will
not enter markets served by the Company or that the Company will be able to
continue to compete successfully. In addition, the telecommunications
industry is characterized by rapid technological change. Future technological
advances in the industry may result in the availability of new services  or
products that could compete directly with  the services and products being
provided or developed by the Company. Recent  and  proposed  regulatory
changes  by  the  Federal Communications Commission (the "FCC") are aimed at
encouraging such new services and products. Moreover, changes in technology
could lower the cost of competitive services and products to a level at which
the Company's services and products would become less competitive or the
Company would be required to reduce the prices of its services and products.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to develop or
introduce new services and products to remain competitive or that the Company
will not be adversely affected in the event of such technological
developments.

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

   The paging industry is subject to regulation by the FCC and, depending  on
the jurisdiction, may be regulated  by  state regulatory agencies. There can
be no assurance that either the FCC  or  those state agencies having
jurisdiction over  the Company's business will not adopt regulations or take
other actions that would adversely affect the business of the Company.

RELIANCE ON SELECT GROUP OF EXECUTIVES

   The Company believes that its success will depend to a significant extent
on the efforts and abilities of a relatively small group of executive
personnel. The loss of services of one or more of these key executives

                                      17

<PAGE>

could adversely affect the Company. The Company does not maintain "key man"
life insurance policies on its executives. However, the Company has entered
into three-year employment agreements with Jackie R. Kimzey,  the Company's
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and David J. Vucina, the Company's
President and Chief Operating Officer.

ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET

   The Old Notes are designated for trading in the PORTAL market.  There
is no established trading market for the New Notes. Although the initial
purchasers of the Old Notes have advised the Company that they currently
intend to make a market in the New Notes, they are not obligated to do so and
they may discontinue such market-making at any time without notice. The
Company does not currently intend to list the New Notes on any securities
exchange or to seek approval for quotation through any automated quotation
system. Accordingly, there can be no assurance as to the development of any
market or the liquidity of any market that may develop for the New Notes. If
such a market were to exist, no assurance can be given as to the trading
prices of the New Notes. Future trading prices of the New Notes will depend
on many factors, including, among other things, prevailing interest rates,
the Company's operating results and the market for similar securities.

                             USE OF PROCEEDS

   There will be no cash proceeds to the Company from the Exchange Offer.

   The net proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the Old Notes,
after deducting expenses of the offering of the Old Notes, were $95.6
million. Approximately $49.4 million of the net proceeds received by the
Company from the sale of the Old Notes were used to repay indebtedness under
the Credit Facility. The remainder of the net proceeds will be used by the
Company to fund  acquisitions  of paging businesses, purchase  frequency
rights, make capital expenditures for buildout of the Company's regional
paging systems and for enhanced services, and  for working capital and
general corporate purposes. See "Capitalization" and "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."


                                    18

<PAGE>

                              CAPITALIZATION

   The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company at June 30,
1995 on (a) an historical basis and (b) on a pro forma basis to give effect to
the acquisition of Americom, Gold Coast, Lewis and the Pending Acquisitions
as if they had occurred on June 30, 1995. See "Use of Proceeds."



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                AS OF JUNE 30, 1995
                                      --------------------------------------

                                      ACTUAL     PRO FORMA(1)
                                      -------   --------------
                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                   <C>       <C>
Cash and cash equivalents...........  $ 48,725     $     --
                                      ========     ========
Deferred payments (2)...............  $  8,719     $ 25,929
Credit Facility.....................        --       24,993
11 7/8% Senior Subordinated
 Notes due 2005.....................    99,283       99,283
                                      --------     --------
    Total debt......................   108,002      150,205
                                      --------     --------
Shareholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock, par value $1.00
   per share; 5,000,000 shares
   authorized; no shares issued or
   outstanding......................        --
  Common Stock, par value $.01 per
   share; 20,000,000 shares
   authorized; 6,198,881 shares
   issued and outstanding (3).......        66           70

  Less treasury stock at cost.......    (1,430)      (1,430)
  Additional capital (3)............    49,729       58,975
  Retained earnings.................     1,691        1,691
                                      --------     --------
    Total shareholders' equity......    50,056       59,306
                                      --------     --------
  Total capitalization..............  $158,058     $209,511
                                      ========     ========
<FN>
___________

     (1)  Gives effect to the acquisition of Americom, Gold Coast, Lewis and
the Pending Acquisitions as if they had occurred on June 30, 1995.

     (2)  Assuming the completion of all of the Pending Acquisitions, the
Company will have deferred payment obligations (the "Deferred Payments")
aggregating $25.9 million in respect of certain of the Acquisitions. The
Deferred Payments constitute Senior Debt and are due and payable one year
from the closing of the respective Acquisitions. The Company has the option
to issue Common Stock in lieu of cash for each Deferred Payment.

      (3) Assuming the completion of all of the Pending Acquisitions, the
Company will issue approximately 437,000 shares of Common Stock (based on the
closing price of the Company's Common Stock on or before June 30, 1995) in
order to satisfy an aggregate of $9.3 million in purchase price obligations,
to be paid upon the closing thereof.
</TABLE>


                                       19
<PAGE>

                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

      The Company provides wireless messaging services through its paging and
security systems operations. Until 1994, paging services were provided solely to
members of the healthcare industry. Beginning in 1994, the Company broadened its
paging focus through the acquisition of paging businesses serving the general
commercial marketplace. As a result of completed and anticipated acquisitions,
the Company's results of operations for prior periods may not be indicative of
future performance.

     In both its paging and security systems operations, the Company builds and
operates communications systems and generates revenues from the sale and lease
of pagers, IPT systems and security devices and related access fees. The
Company's revenues are derived primarily from fixed monthly, quarterly, annual
and bi-annual fees charged to customers for paging and security tracking
services. While a subscriber remains in service, operating results benefit from
this recurring monthly revenue stream with minimal requirements for additional
selling expenses or other fixed costs. However, certain variable costs such as
telephone and equipment charges are directly related to the number of pagers in
service.

   
     Each month a percentage of the customer base disconnects service for a
variety of reasons. ProNet does, however, place substantial emphasis on
customer care and quality of service and as a result currently has one of the
lowest churn rates in the paging industry - approximately 2%, compared to an
industry average of approximately 2.9% (source: June 1994 EMCI, Inc.
industry survey for the years 1990 to 1993). Churn is the number of customers
discontinuing service each month as a percentage of the total subscriber
base. In the future, the Company expects that it will experience a higher
churn rate among small businesses, individual consumers and other subscribers
than it has experienced historically with its healthcare subscribers. The
Company's monthly churn rate in the security tracking business is lower than
in its paging business - currently approximately 0.7%.
    

     Currently, service revenues consist of two components - service fees and
unit leasing fees. As the Company pursues its strategy of expanding into new
markets, increasing its coverage within its existing service areas and
broadening its customer base and distribution channels, the percentage of
customers who own and maintain ("COAM") their paging equipment rather than
leasing it from the Company is likely to increase. This, together with
competitive factors, may result in declining service revenues per subscriber
since these customers will not pay a leasing fee as part of their monthly
charge. However, the Company will not incur the capital costs related to these
COAM pagers. Additionally, average revenue per unit ("ARPU") for pagers served
through resellers is lower than for direct sales due to the wholesale rates
charged to this distribution channel. Such resellers do, however, assume all
selling, marketing, subscriber management and related costs that would otherwise
be incurred by the Company.

     Product sales and costs are also likely to increase as the business mix
shifts in favor of COAM units. The Company's objective is to break even on
product sales, but it may selectively offer discounts due to promotional offers
or competitive pressures.

     The Company currently enjoys low operating costs per unit due to the
efficiency of its operations. It expects that the development of its business
around its SuperCenters will result in substantial economies of scale and
consolidation of operating and selling expenses that will help it retain this
competitive advantage.

     Earnings before other income (expense), income taxes, depreciation and
amortization ("EBITDA") is a standard measure of operating performance in the
paging industry. The Company's EBITDA has grown at a compound annual rate of
over 30% over the past four years. EBITDA growth is expected to continue
although near term margins may be slightly impacted by start-up costs associated
with certain SuperCenters and the buildout of existing and acquired frequencies
in its marketplaces. The Company, unlike a number of its competitors, has
generated net income in recent years. It should be noted, however, that non-cash
and financing-related charges for the Company's acquisition program have the
potential to negatively impact earnings in the future.

   The following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results
of operations includes the historical results of operations of the Company
and the results of operations of Contact, Radio Call, ChiComm, High Tech,
Signet, Carrier, Metropolitan and All City from their respective dates of
acquisition. The results of operations of American, Lewis, Gold Coast and the
Pending Acquisitions are not reflected in this discussion.


                                       20
<PAGE>

PAGING SYSTEMS' RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1994

     Net revenues and gross margin for paging systems consisted of the
following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                    SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                                               -----------------------------------
                                                                                                 1995                   1994
                                                                                               -------------         -------------
                                                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                            <C>                <C>
Revenues
     Pager lease and access fees..........................................                      $   21,278         $   10,984
     Product sales........................................................                           4,532              1,850
                                                                                                  --------           --------
Total revenues............................................................                          25,810             12,834
Cost of products sold.....................................................                           4,532              1,825
                                                                                                    ------              -----
Net revenues (1)..........................................................                          21,278             11,009
Cost of pager lease and access fees.......................................                           5,355              2,960
                                                                                                     -----              -----
Gross margin..............................................................                          15,923              8,049
Sales and marketing expenses..............................................                           3,271              2,675
General and administrative expenses.......................................                           6,434              1,912
Depreciation and amortization expense.....................................                           5,632              2,680
                                                                                                   -------            -------
Operating income..........................................................                         $   586            $   782
                                                                                                   -------            -------
                                                                                                   -------            -------
EBITDA....................................................................                         $ 6,218            $ 3,462
                                                                                                   -------            -------
                                                                                                   -------            -------
<FN>
- -------------------------------
(1)  Net revenues represent revenues from services, rent and maintenance plus
     product sales less cost of products sold.
</TABLE>

     PAGING SYSTEMS' NET REVENUES for the six months ended June 30, 1995
increased to $21.3 million, compared to $11.0 million for the comparable period
in 1994.  Pager lease and access fees increased approximately 94%, to
$21.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 1995, compared to $11.0 million
for the comparable period in 1994.  This increase was primarily the result of a
170% increase in pagers in service to 636,701 at June 30, 1995 from 235,903 at
June 30, 1994. The increase in pagers in service was primarily the result of
the acquisitions of Radio Call, ChiComm, and High Tech in 1994 and the
acquisitions of Signet, Carrier, All City and Metropolitan during the first two
quarters of 1995. In 1994 and 1995, most of the Company's growth in pagers in
service has been from acquisitions. In addition, internal growth accounted for
approximately 45,000  pagers in service during the six months ended June 30,
1995, representing an annual growth rate of approximately 20%. The Company
believes that this internal growth rate will increase due to continued
commercial paging activity.

     ARPU was $6.79 for the month of June 1995 compared to $9.31 for the month
of June 1994. This decrease was due to the Company's continued acquisition of
commercial paging businesses, which traditionally have lower ARPU than
healthcare operations since most commercial pagers are COAM and do not generate
leasing fees. The Company believes that ARPU will continue to decrease, although
at a slower rate upon completion of the Pending Acquisitions, as the Company
continues to become more involved in the commercial paging business and expands
its reseller operations, which tend to generate lower revenues per subscriber.

     PRODUCT SALES LESS COST OF PRODUCTS SOLD were at breakeven for the six
months ended June 30, 1995, compared to a gain of $25,000 for the comparable
period in 1994.   In certain of the Company's markets, pagers are being sold at
a slight loss in order to gain market share. As the Company's commercial
operations continue to grow, management anticipates that product sales will
increase but that margins on these sales will be lower than were achieved
prior to 1994 in the healthcare industry. Management also anticipates that the
Company's margins may vary from market to market due to competition and other
factors.

                                       21
<PAGE>

     RECLASSIFICATION OF COSTS. During 1994, the Company restructured its
technical, sales and operational functions into its decentralized SuperCenter
strategy.  To reflect this restructuring financially, certain costs that were
previously classified as cost of pager lease and access fees and sales and
marketing expenses in 1994 were reclassified to general and administrative
expenses in 1995.  In the aggregate, costs of pager lease and access fees,
sales and marketing expenses and general and administrative expenses increased
by 100% for the six months ended June 30, 1995, compared to the same period
last year as a result of the Company's internal growth and acquisitions.  In
total, these costs were $15.1 million (71% of paging systems' net revenues) for
the six months ended June 30, 1995, compared to $7.5 million (69% of paging
systems' net revenues) for the comparable period in 1994.  The increase in
these costs as a percentage of  net revenues is the result of increased
expenses related to the buildout of the Company's regional SuperCenters.
These expenses as a percentage of net revenues should decline in the future as
new acquisition companies are integrated into the existing SuperCenters.

     PAGING SYSTEMS' GROSS MARGIN (net revenues less cost of pager lease and
access fees) was $15.9 million (75% of paging systems' net revenues) for the six
months ended June 30, 1995, compared to $8.0 million (73% of paging systems' net
revenues) for the comparable period in 1994. The increase in gross margin was
due to the reclassification of certain operating expenses described above. The
Company believes that the margin on net revenues will decrease in the near
future as an increasing number of the Company's customers elect to purchase
their paging equipment resulting in a corresponding decrease in ARPU as
discussed above. In addition, cost of pager lease and access fees increased to
$5.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 1995, compared to $3.0 million
for the comparable period in 1994, as a result of the increased costs of
servicing new customers added through both internal growth and acquisitions.

     PAGING SYSTEMS' SALES AND MARKETING EXPENSES were $3.3 million (15% of
paging systems' net revenues) for the six months ended June 30, 1995, compared
to $2.7 million (24% of paging systems' net revenues) for the comparable period
of the prior year. The decrease as a percentage of paging systems' net revenues
was due to the reclassification of certain operating expenses described above.
These expenses are not expected to change significantly in the future as a
percentage of paging systems' net revenues.

     PAGING SYSTEMS' GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES were $6.4 million (30%
of paging systems' net revenues) for the six months ended June 30, 1995,
compared to $1.9 million (17% of paging systems' net revenues) for the
comparable period in 1994. The increase as a percentage of paging systems' net
revenues was due to the reclassification of certain operating expenses described
above, plus the cost of additional management hired in the fourth quarter of
1994 and the first half of 1995, offset by savings resulting from consolidating
the paging operations into the Company's SuperCenters. The Company anticipates
that paging systems' general and administrative expenses will continue to grow
but at a lesser rate than increases in paging systems' net revenues, as a result
of general and administrative expenses being amortized across a larger
subscriber base as well as savings resulting from the consolidation of
acquisitions.


     PAGING SYSTEMS' DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION EXPENSES are better expressed
as a percentage of paging systems' service revenues since product sales do not
require any capital investment. Paging systems' depreciation and amortization
expenses as a percentage of paging service revenues for the six months ended
June 30, 1995, were 26%, compared to 24%, for the comparable period in 1994.
The increase is due to the amortization of intangibles arising from
acquisitions. The Company believes that this trend in depreciation and
amortization expenses as a percentage of paging systems' service revenues
will continue in the short term as a result of acquisitions and continued
capital investment in paging equipment to support the Company's growth.


     EBITDA for the paging systems' operations was $6.2 million (29% of paging
systems' net revenues) for the six months ended June 30, 1995, compared to $3.5
million (31% of paging system's net revenues) for the comparable period in 1994.
Consolidation savings in general and administrative expenses were offset by
lower margins on product sales.  The Company believes EBITDA may decrease in
the short term due to increased commercial paging activity as a result of
internal growth and

                                       22
<PAGE>

future acquisitions of commercial paging operations, but will thereafter
increase over time as the Company integrates the acquired operations and
achieves resulting economies of scale and operating efficiencies.

SECURITY SYSTEMS' RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1994

     Security systems' net revenues and gross margin consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                                               ----------------------------------
                                                                                                     1995                1994
                                                                                               --------------   -----------------
                                                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                                <C>                 <C>
Revenues
     Security systems' equipment fees........................................                       $2,614              $2,477
     Other security systems' income..........................................                          137                  81
                                                                                                    ------              ------
Total revenues...............................................................                        2,751               2,558
Cost of other security systems...............................................                           63                  30
                                                                                                        --                  --
Net revenues(1)..............................................................                        2,688               2,528
Cost of security systems' equipment services.................................                          539                 617
                                                                                                       ---                 ---
Gross margin.................................................................                        2,149               1,911
Sales and marketing expenses.................................................                          141                 127
General and administrative expenses..........................................                          365                 382
Depreciation and amortization expense........................................                          830                 758
                                                                                                    ------              ------
Operating income.............................................................                      $   813             $   644
                                                                                                   -------             -------
                                                                                                   -------             -------
EBITDA.......................................................................                      $ 1,643             $ 1,402
                                                                                                   -------             -------
                                                                                                   -------             -------
<FN>
- -------------------------------
(1)  Net revenues represent revenues from services, rent and maintenance plus
     other security systems' income less cost of other security systems income.
</TABLE>

     SECURITY SYSTEMS' EQUIPMENT FEES  increased to $2.6 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1995, from $2.5 million for the comparable period in 1994.
The increase was due to the installation of two new systems since June 30, 1994,
as well as expansion and additional penetration in existing markets. The number
of TracPacs in service increased from 26,767 at June 30, 1994 to 27,015 at June
30, 1995.

     OTHER SECURITY SYSTEMS' INCOME LESS COST OF OTHER SECURITY SYSTEMS was
$74,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1995 compared to $51,000 for the
comparable period in 1994. Net revenues fluctuate depending on the type and
volume of equipment sold. The Company does not anticipate significantly
increasing this area of security systems operations.

     SECURITY SYSTEMS' GROSS MARGIN was $2.1 million (80% of security systems'
net revenues) for the six months ended June 30, 1995, compared to $1.9 million
(76% of security systems' net revenues) for the comparable period in 1994. The
increase as a percentage of net revenues is due to additional product sales in
the first quarter of 1995. The Company anticipates that these margins will
increase slightly above the margin for the six months ended June 30, 1994 in the
near future as more subscribers are added to existing systems and as systems are
installed in new or existing markets.

     SECURITY SYSTEMS' SALES AND MARKETING EXPENSES were $141,000 for the six
months ended June 30, 1995 (5% of security systems' net revenues), compared to
$127,000 for the comparable period in 1994 (5% of security systems' net
revenues). The Company currently anticipates hiring additional management in the
near future to accelerate the growth of security systems' net revenues.
Therefore, these expenses should grow at or slightly above the rate of growth in
the related security systems' net revenues and therefore should increase
slightly as a percentage of these revenues.

     SECURITY SYSTEMS' GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES were $365,000 (14% of
security systems' net revenues) for the six months ended June 30, 1995, compared
to $382,000 (15% of security systems' net revenues) for the comparable period in
1994. This decrease in general and administrative expenses was the result of the
decreased burden of corporate overhead as a result of the Company's expanded
paging

                                       23
<PAGE>

operations.  The Company currently believes that general and administrative
expenses will grow at a slower rate than security systems' net revenues and
therefore should represent a decreasing percent of such revenues.


     SECURITY SYSTEMS' DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION EXPENSES are better
expressed as a percentage of service revenues since product sales do not
require any capital investment. Security systems' depreciation and amortization
expenses as a percentage of service revenues for the six months ended June 30,
1995 were 32%, compared to 31%, for the comparable period in 1994. These
increases were a result of the capital investment necessary to support the
expansion into new markets as well as growth within existing markets. The
Company believes that this trend in depreciation and amortization should
continue due to the relationship of capital investment to service revenue.


     EBITDA for the security systems' operations was $1.6 million (61% of
security systems' net revenues) for the six months ended June 30, 1995, compared
to $1.4 million (55% of security systems' net revenues) for the same period in
1994. This increase was primarily due to decreases in general and administrative
expenses as described above.

PAGING SYSTEMS' RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                    --------------------------------
                                                                                                         1992      1993      1994
                                                                                                    ----------- --------- ----------
                                                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                                   <C>      <C>        <C>
Revenues
     Pager lease and access fees......................................................                 $13,969   $14,853   $28,015
     Product sales....................................................................                   1,613     1,554     6,506
                                                                                                       -------   -------   -------
Total revenues........................................................................                  15,582    16,407    34,521
Cost of products sold.................................................................                     894       794     6,605
                                                                                                       -------   -------   -------
Net revenues(1).......................................................................                  14,688    15,613    27,916
Cost of pager lease and access fees...................................................                   3,889     4,119     7,972
                                                                                                       -------   -------   -------
Gross margin..........................................................................                  10,799    11,494    19,944
Sales and marketing expenses..........................................................                   3,444     3,736     6,530
General and administrative expenses...................................................                   2,639     2,908     4,713
Depreciation and amortization expense.................................................                   3,025     3,333     7,017
                                                                                                       -------   -------   -------
Operating income......................................................................                $  1,691  $  1,517  $  1,684
                                                                                                       -------   -------   -------
                                                                                                       -------   -------   -------
EBITDA................................................................................                $  4,716  $  4,850  $  8,701
                                                                                                       -------   -------   -------
                                                                                                       -------   -------   -------
<FN>
- -------------------------------
(1)  Net revenues represent revenues from services, rent and maintenance plus
     product sales less cost of products sold.
</TABLE>

     PAGING SYSTEMS' NET REVENUES increased in each of the last three years
compared to prior years. These increases were attributable primarily to a
growing subscriber base achieved through greater market penetration in existing
markets and the acquisitions of Contact, Radio Call and ChiComm in 1994.
Pager lease and access fees increased from $14.0 million in 1992 to $14.9
million in 1993 and to $28.0 million in 1994. This increase from 1993 to 1994
was primarily due to a 172% increase in pagers in service to 353,830 at
December 31, 1994, from 130,000 at December 31, 1993. The increase in pagers
in service was primarily due to such acquisitions. In addition, internal growth
accounted for approximately 38,000 units during 1994, which represents an
annualized internal growth rate of approximately 16%.

     ARPU was $10.48, $10.23, and $8.31 for the months of December 1992, 1993
and 1994, respectively. This decrease was primarily due to the acquisition of
commercial paging businesses in 1994, which traditionally have lower ARPU than
healthcare operations since most commercial pagers are COAM and do not generate
leasing fees.

     PRODUCT SALES LESS COST OF PRODUCTS SOLD was $719,000 in 1992, $760,000 in
1993 and ($99,000) in 1994. Historically, the Company has primarily leased
equipment to customers rather than selling it, whereas the industry trend is
towards increased COAM pagers. In certain markets, pagers are being sold at a
slight discount to cost in order to gain market share. As commercial operations
continue to grow, management

                                       24

<PAGE>

anticipates that product sales will increase but that margins on these sales
will be lower than have been achieved prior to 1994 in the healthcare industry.
Management also anticipates that margins may vary from market to market due to
competition and other factors.

     PAGING SYSTEMS' GROSS MARGIN (net revenues less related cost of pager lease
and access fees) increased from $10.8 million (73% of paging systems' net
revenues) in 1992 to $11.5 million (74% of paging systems' net revenues) in 1993
and to $19.9 million (71% of paging systems' net revenues) in 1994. The margin
on net revenue decreased in 1994 due to the transition into the commercial
paging marketplace, which resulted in lower ARPU as well as a slight loss on
product sales.

     PAGING SYSTEMS' SALES AND MARKETING EXPENSES were $3.4 million (23% of
paging systems' net revenues) in 1992, $3.7 million (24% of paging systems' net
revenues) in 1993 and $6.5 million (23% of paging systems' net revenues) in
1994.

     PAGING SYSTEMS' GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES were $2.6 million (18%
of paging systems' net revenues) in 1992, $2.9 million (19% of paging systems'
net revenues) in 1993 and $4.7 million (17% of paging systems' net revenues) in
1994. The percentage decrease was due to savings resulting from the
consolidation of certain of the Completed Acquisitions' paging operations into
the Company's SuperCenters.


     PAGING SYSTEMS' DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION EXPENSES are better expressed
as a percentage of paging systems' service revenues since product sales do not
require any capital investment. Paging systems' depreciation and amortization
expenses were $3.0 million, $3.3 million and $7.0 million in 1992, 1993 and
1994, respectively, which, as percentages of paging systems' service revenue,
were 22% for 1992 and 1993 and 25% in 1994. The increase was primarily due to
the amortization of intangibles arising from the Completed Acquisitions in 1994.


     EBITDA for the paging systems' operations was approximately $4.7 million
(32% of paging systems' net revenues), $4.9 million (31% of paging systems' net
revenues) and $8.7 million (31% of paging systems' net revenues) for 1992, 1993
and 1994, respectively. Consolidation savings in general and administrative
expenses were offset by lower margins on product sales for Contact, Radio Call
and ChiComm, which sell pagers at a lower margin or at a slight discount to cost
compared to the Company's healthcare communications operations.

SECURITY SYSTEMS' RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                     ---------------------------------------
                                                       1992           1993           1994
                                                     ---------     ----------     ----------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<S>                                                  <C>           <C>            <C>
REVENUES
  Security systems' equipment fees                   $ 2,876        $ 4,381        $ 5,064
  Other security systems' income                         242            486            133
                                                     -------       --------       --------
Total revenues                                         3,118          4,867          5,197
Cost of other security systems                           192            162             39
                                                     -------       --------       --------
Net revenues(1)                                        2,926          4,705          5,158
Cost of security systems' equipment services             819            983          1,213
                                                     -------       --------       --------
Gross margin                                           2,107          3,722          3,945
Sales and marketing expenses                             248            314            207
General and administrative expenses                      665            871            676
Depreciation and amortization expense                  1,051          1,323          1,557
                                                     -------       --------       --------
Operating income                                     $   143        $ 1,214        $ 1,505
                                                     -------       --------       --------
                                                     -------       --------       --------
EBITDA                                               $ 1,194        $ 2,537        $ 3,062
                                                     -------       --------       --------
                                                     -------       --------       --------
<FN>
- -------------------------------
(1)  Net revenues represent revenues from services, rent and maintenance plus
     other security systems' income less cost of other security systems' income.
</TABLE>

                                       25
<PAGE>

     SECURITY SYSTEMS' EQUIPMENT FEES increased in each of the last three years.
These increases were attributable primarily to installation of new systems in
each year, as well as further market penetration in existing markets. The
Company installed four systems in 1992, four in 1993 and two in 1994. The number
of TracPacs in service at the end of 1994 was 27,595, an increase of 7% over the
end of 1993. The number of TracPacs in service at the end of 1993 was 25,841, an
increase of 35% over the end of 1992.

     OTHER SECURITY SYSTEMS' INCOME LESS COST OF OTHER SECURITY SYSTEMS for
1992, 1993 and 1994 consisted primarily of miscellaneous equipment sales and
research and development contracts which earned gross margins of $50,000 or 21%
in 1992, $324,000 or 67% in 1993, and $94,000 or 71% in 1994. The margins
fluctuate depending on the type of sales and contracts.

     SECURITY SYSTEMS' GROSS MARGIN was $2.1 million (72% of security systems'
net revenues) in 1992, $3.7 million (79% of security systems' net revenues) in
1993 and $3.9 million (76% of security systems' net revenues) in 1994. The
increase in margin from 1992 to 1993 resulted from four new systems being added
to the existing customer base in early 1993, a major expansion of an existing
system, and margin improvement on systems installed in 1992. The decrease in
margin from 1993 to 1994 was due to profitable production work on earlier
research and development contracts that were completed in 1993.

     SECURITY SYSTEMS' SALES AND MARKETING EXPENSES were $248,000 (8% of
security systems' net revenues) in 1992, $314,000 (7% of security systems' net
revenues) in 1993 and $207,000 (4% of security systems' net revenues) in 1994.
The decrease in 1994 was the result of a planned reduction in marketing costs.

     SECURITY SYSTEMS' GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES were $665,000 (23% of
security systems' net revenues) in 1992, $871,000 (19% of security systems' net
revenues) in 1993 and $676,000 (13% of security systems' net revenues) in 1994.
The percentage decrease in 1993 was a result of revenue growth with no
significant increase in general and administrative expenses. The percentage
decrease in 1994 was the result of the decreased burden of corporate overhead as
a result of the Company's overall expanded operations. In late 1994, the Company
hired additional management to assist in managing the day-to-day operations of
the security systems business.


     SECURITY SYSTEMS' DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION EXPENSES are better
expressed as a percentage of service revenues since product sales do not
require any capital investment. Depreciation and amortization expenses for
security systems' operations were $1.1 million (37% of security systems'
service revenues), $1.3 million (30% of security systems' service revenues)
and $1.6 million (31% of security systems' service revenues) in 1992, 1993 and
1994, respectively. The decrease in depreciation and amortization expenses as a
percentage of security systems' service revenues from 1992 to 1993 primarily
resulted from increasing revenues. Depreciation expense for security systems'
operations has increased in each of the last three years because of capital
equipment requirements necessary to support the expansion into new markets as
well as the continued growth of the existing systems.


     EBITDA for security systems' operations were $1.2 million (41% of security
systems' net revenues) in 1992, $2.5 million (54% of security systems' net
revenues) in 1993 and $3.1 million (59% of security systems' net revenues) in
1994. This increase was primarily due to decreases in general and administrative
expenses as a percentage of revenues as a result of general and administrative
costs being expensed across a larger combined subscriber base.

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

     Other income (expense) includes interest income generated from
short-term investments and interest expense incurred. The period-to-period
fluctuation in interest expense has resulted primarily from changes in the
outstanding amounts under the Company's revolving loan agreement and the
Notes.  Interest expense increased in 1994 as a result of the increased
borrowings to fund acquisitions made during the year.  Interest expense will
increase in the future as a result of interest due on the Notes which were
issued in June 1995.

                                       26
<PAGE>

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

     At December 31, 1994, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of
$3.3 million for income tax purposes that expire in years 2004 through 2007. For
the year ended December 31, 1994, the primary differences between the U.S.
Federal statutory tax rate and the effective rate in the Company's historical
financial statements are state income taxes and the amortization of goodwill
related to stock acquisitions, which is not deductible for tax purposes. The
Company anticipates that in the future the primary differences between the U.S.
Federal statutory tax rate and the effective rate in the Company's financial
statements will continue to be state income taxes and the amortization of
goodwill related to stock acquisitions.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES


     During 1992, 1993 and 1994, the Company financed the majority of its
growth, other than acquisitions, through internally generated funds. Net cash
provided by operating activities was $3.2 million for the six months ended
June 30, 1995 and $6.7 million in 1992, $7.1 million in 1993 and $8.4 million
in 1994 after deducting debt financing costs.  The increase in net cash
provided by operating activities was due to increases in depreciation and
amortization and trade payables and other accrued expenses and liabilities,
offset by decreases in net income and increases in inventories and debt
financing costs. The acquisitions of Contact, Radio Call, ChiComm and High
Tech in 1994 and Signet, Carrier, Metropolitan and All City in 1995 were
financed under the Credit Facility.  The Company anticipates that its ongoing
capital needs, including the Pending Acquisitions, will be funded with
borrowings under the Credit Facility, proceeds from the sale of the Old Notes
and net cash generated by operations.



     Giving effect to the acquisitions of Americom, Gold Coast, Lewis and the
Pending Acquisitions as if they occurred on June 30, 1995, the Company will
use all of its available cash of $48.7 million and will incur additional debt
of $42.2 million, comprised of borrowings of $25.0 million under the Credit
Facility and $17.2 million in Deferred Payments. The Deferred Payments
constitute Senior Debt and are due and payable one year from the closing of
the respective Acquisitions. The Company has the option to issue Common Stock
in lieu of cash for each Deferred Payment. See "Capitalization."


CAPITAL EXPENDITURES

     As of June 30, 1995, the Company had invested $46.8 million in system
equipment and pagers for its 12 major metropolitan markets and $11.2 million in
system equipment and TracPacs for its 26 security systems.

     Capital expenditures for paging systems' equipment and pagers (excluding
assets acquired pursuant to the completed acquisitions) were $4.0 million in
each of 1992 and 1993, $5.0 million in 1994 and $4.5 million for the six months
ended June 30, 1995.  Capital expenditures for security systems' equipment and
TracPacs were $1.5 million in each of 1992 and 1993, $763,000 in 1994 and
$672,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1995.

     At June 30, 1995, the Company had invested $4.1 million in inventories, the
majority of which were pagers, compared to $4.6 million at December 31, 1994.
The decrease was due to better inventory management as the SuperCenters
generated operating efficiencies. Inventory balances are expected to remain at
higher levels than in prior years as a result of acquisitions and increased
subscriber growth.

     Except for those assets acquired through acquisitions, the Company expects
to meet its capital requirements in 1995 with cash generated from operations.
Although the Company had no material binding commitments to acquire capital
equipment at June 30, 1995, the Company anticipates capital expenditures for the
remainder of 1995 to be approximately $9.9 million for the purchase of pagers
and system equipment for its current paging systems' operations and $1.5 million
for the manufacture of TracPacs and the purchase of system equipment for its
security systems' operations.

PRIVATE PLACEMENT OF $100 MILLION OF OLD NOTES

     In June 1995, the Company completed the private placement of the Old Notes.
Proceeds to the Company from the sale of the Old Notes, after deducting
discounts, commissions and offering expenses, were approximately $95.6 million.
The Company used approximately $49.4 million of the net proceeds to repay all
indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facility.  The Company expects to use
the remaining proceeds to pursue the Company's acquisition strategy, to purchase
frequency rights, to make capital expenditures for buildout of the Company's
regional paging systems and for enhanced services, and for working capital and
general corporate purposes.

                                       27
<PAGE>

     The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company and are
subordinated to all existing and future Senior Debt of the Company.  The
indenture provides that the Company may not incur any debt that is subordinate
in right of payment to the Senior Debt and senior in right of payment to the
Notes.  The indenture also contains certain covenants that, among other things,
limit the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to incur indebtedness, pay
dividends, engage in transactions with affiliates, sell assets and engage in
certain other transactions.

CREDIT FACILITY

     The Credit Facility was amended and restated in February 1995 to increase
the amount of available credit from $52 million to $125 million.  The Credit
Facility was subsequently amended in June 1995.  The Credit Facility is a
revolving line of credit which, in February 1997, will convert to a five and
one-half year term loan maturing in July 2002.  The term loan may be repaid at
any time and will be payable in quarterly installments, based on the principal
amount outstanding on the conversion date, in amounts ranging from 3.25%
initially to 5.75% over five and one-half years.

     Concurrent with the Company's offering of the Old Notes, the Credit
Facility was amended by and among the Company and its lenders to permit issuance
of the Notes.  The approximate $49.9 million outstanding under the Credit
Facility was repaid with the proceeds of the offering of the Old Notes.  See
"Description of Credit Facility."


ACQUISITIONS

   
     In early 1993, the Company announced its plans to commence a program of
acquiring businesses that serve the commercial paging market and offer
operational synergies when integrated within the Company's SuperCenters. During
1994, the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of Contact,
substantially all of the paging assets of Radio Call and High Tech and
substantially all of the Chicago-area paging assets of ChiComm for $19.0
million, $7.8 million, $900,000 and $9.8 million, respectively. In the first
six months of 1995, the Company acquired the paging assets of All City for
$6.4 million, Signet for $9.0 million and Carrier for $6.5 million and all the
outstanding capital stock of Metropolitan for $21.0 million. In July 1995, the
Company acquired the paging assets of Americom for $17.5 million.  In September
1995, the Company acquired the paging assets of Lewis for $5.6 million and Gold
Coast for $2.3 million.  The Completed Acquisitions were all accounted for as
purchases and were funded either by borrowings under the Credit Facility or
proceeds from the sale of the Old Notes.  Also in 1995, the Company signed
letters of intent or definitive agreements to purchase the paging assets of
Signet Raleigh, Sun, P&C, Page One, RCS and Nationwide and all of the
outstanding capital stock of Apple, Williams, Total and AGR.  The Pending
Acquisitions are expected to close in late 1995 or early 1996 and will be
funded by proceeds from the sale of the Old Notes, borrowings under the Credit
Facility and issuances of shares of Common Stock of the Company. The Pending
Acquisitions are subject to various conditions, including FCC, regulatory and
other third-party approvals and the execution of definitive agreements. On
October 2, 1995 the Company purchased substantially all of the paging assets
of P&C for $9.5 million in cash. The terms and conditions of this acquisition
were substantially the same as the terms and conditions depicted in the letter
of intent.
    

   
     The Company has Deferred Payments outstanding related to the High Tech,
Signet, Carrier and All City acquisitions of $200,000, $4.2 million, $3.0
million and $350,000, respectively, which are due and payable one year from the
closing of the respective transactions.  These balances are payable, at the
Company's discretion, either in cash or shares of the Company's Common Stock
based on current market value at the date of payment. With regard to Contact,
Radio Call, Metropolitan, Gold Coast and P&C the purchase price was paid in
full at closing.  In addition, the Company has an $8.7 million Deferred Payment
related to the Americom acquisition and a $2.1 million Deferred Payment related
to the Lewis acquisition, both of which closed subsequent to the end of the
second quarter.
    

     On August 1, 1995, the Company issued 44,166 shares of its Common Stock to
ChiComm in payment of the $950,000 deferred portion of the purchase price of
ChiComm.

                                       28

<PAGE>

                         DESCRIPTION OF CREDIT FACILITY

   On February 9, 1995, the Company amended and restated its former credit
facility with First Chicago, increasing  its existing $52 million revolving
line of credit to $125 million. The Company uses the Credit Facility for
working capital purposes and for acquisitions approved by the lenders under
the Credit Facility  (the "Lenders").  Borrowings by the Company  are
guaranteed by the Company's subsidiaries and are secured by all of  the
assets of the Company and its subsidiaries.  The availability of advances
under the Credit Facility is conditioned on the continued maintenance of
certain specified financial and operating covenants, including a prohibition
on the payment of dividends or other distributions on the Company's Common
Stock. A portion of the proceeds of the offering of the Old Notes was used to
repay all outstanding balances under the Credit Facility. Concurrent with the
offering of the Old Notes, the Company and the Lenders amended the Credit
Facility to, among other things, permit the issuance of the Old Notes.
Immediately following the completion of the offering of the Old Notes, the
Company had approximately $31.3 million in borrowing availability under the
Credit Facility.

   The Credit Facility consists of a revolving line of credit which, in
February 1997, will convert to a five and one half year term loan maturing in
July 2002. The term loan may be repaid at any time and will be payable in
quarterly installments, based on the principal amount outstanding on the
conversion date, in amounts ranging from 3.25% initially to 5.75% quarterly
over five and one half years. The borrowings bear interest, at the Company's
designation, at either (i) the greater of First Chicago's corporate base rate
or the Federal Funds Rate, plus a margin of up to 1.25%, or (ii) LIBOR, plus
a margin of up to 2.5%. In addition, a commitment fee is required on the
revolving line of credit at .5% per annum computed on the daily unused
portion of the available loan commitment.

   The Credit Facility requires that the interest expense on 50% of the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding indebtedness of the Company be
effectively fixed at a prevailing market rate through either (i) the issuance
of indebtedness bearing interest at a fixed rate or (ii) interest exchange or
insurance agreements to effectively convert a portion of its floating rate
debt to a fixed rate basis. At June 30, 1995, none of the outstanding
borrowings under the Credit Agreement were subject to hedging agreements.

                                     29

<PAGE>


                             THE EXCHANGE OFFER

PURPOSE AND EFFECT

   The Old Notes were sold by the Company on June 15, 1995 in a private
placement.  In connection with that placement, the Company entered into the
Registration Rights Agreement, which requires that the Company file a
registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the New Notes
and, upon the effectiveness of that registration statement, offer to the
holders of the Old Notes the opportunity to exchange their Old Notes for a
like principal amount of New Notes, which will be issued without a
restrictive legend and may be reoffered and resold by the holder without
registration under the Securities Act. The Registration Rights Agreement
further provides that the Company must use its best efforts to cause the
registration statement with respect to the Exchange Offer to be declared
effective within 105 days following the original issuance of the Old Notes. A
copy of the Registration Rights Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the
registration statement of which this Prospectus is a part.  As a result of
the filing and the effectiveness of the registration statement, certain
prospective increases in the interest rate on the Old Notes provided for in
the Registration Rights Agreement and the Indenture will not occur.
Following the completion of the Exchange Offer, holders of Old Notes not
tendered will not have any further registration rights and those Old Notes
will continue to be subject to certain restrictions on transfer. Accordingly,
the liquidity of the market for the Old Notes could be adversely affected
upon completion of the Exchange Offer.

   In order to participate in the Exchange Offer, a holder must represent to
the Company, among other things, that (i) the New Notes acquired pursuant to
the Exchange Offer are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of
the person receiving the New Notes, whether or not such person is the holder
of the Old Notes, (ii) neither the holder nor any such other person is
engaging in or intends to engage in a distribution of the New Notes, (iii)
neither the holder nor any such other person has an arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the New
Notes, and (iv) neither the holder nor any such other person is an
"affiliate" (as defined under Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act)
of the Company.

   The Old Notes are designated for trading in the PORTAL market. To the
extent Old Notes are tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer, the
principal amount of outstanding Old Notes will decrease with a resulting
decrease in the liquidity in the market therefor.  Following the consummation
of the Exchange Offer, holders of Old Notes who were eligible to participate
in the Exchange Offer but who did not tender their Old Notes will not be
entitled to certain rights under the Registration Rights Agreement and such
Old Notes will continue to be subject to certain restrictions on transfer.
Accordingly, the liquidity of the market for the Old Notes could be adversely
affected.  No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of the trading
market for either the Old Notes or the New Notes.

   Based on an interpretation by the Commission's staff set forth in
no-action letters issued to third parties unrelated to the Company, the
Company believes that, with the exceptions discussed herein, New Notes issued
pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Old Notes may be offered for
resale, resold and otherwise transferred by any person receiving the New
Notes, whether or not that person is the holder (other than any such holder
or such other person that is an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning
of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), without compliance  with  the
registration and prospectus  delivery provisions of the Securities Act,
provided that (i) the New Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of
business of that holder or such other person, (ii) neither the holder nor
such other person is engaging in or intends to engage in a distribution of
the New Notes, and (iii) neither the holder nor such other person has an
arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the
distribution of the New Notes. Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for
its own account in exchange for Old Notes, where those Old Notes were
acquired by the broker-dealer as a result  of  its market-making activities
or other  trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of those New Notes.  See "Plan of
Distribution."

                                      30

<PAGE>

CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE

     Holders of Old Notes who do not exchange their Old Notes for New Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer will continue to be subject to the
restrictions on transfer of such Old Notes as set forth in the legend thereon
as a consequence of the offer or sale of the Old Notes pursuant to exemptions
from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the
Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. In general, the Old
Notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act
and applicable state securities laws, except pursuant to an exemption from,
or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state
securities laws. The Company does not intend to register the Old Notes under
the Securities Act and, after consummation of the Exchange Offer, will not be
obligated to do so. Based on an interpretation by the staff of the Commission
set forth in a series of no-action letters issued to third parties, the
Company believes that, except as set forth in the next sentence, New Notes
issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Old Notes may be offered
for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than any
such holder that is an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule
405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and
prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such Old
Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders' business and such
holders have no arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution
of such New Notes. Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own
account in exchange for Old Notes, where such Old Notes were acquired by such
broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection
with any resale of such New Notes.  See "Plan of Distribution."

TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

   Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus
and in the Letter of Transmittal, the Company will accept any and all Old
Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the Expiration Date. The Company will issue $1,000 principal amount
of New Notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of outstanding Old
Notes accepted in the Exchange Offer.  Holders may tender some or all of
their Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer.  However, Old Notes may be
tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000 in principal amount.

   The form and terms of the New Notes are substantially the same as the form
and terms of the Old Notes except that the New Notes have been registered
under the Securities Act and will not bear legends restricting their
transfer. The New Notes will evidence the same debt as the Old Notes and will
be issued pursuant to, and entitled to the benefits of, the Indenture
pursuant to which the Old Notes were, and the New Notes will be, issued.


   As of the date of this Prospectus, $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount
of the Old Notes were outstanding. The Company has fixed the close of
business on September 18, 1995 as the  record date for the Exchange Offer for
purposes  of determining the persons to whom this Prospectus, together with
the Letter of Transmittal, will initially be sent. As of such date, there
was one registered holder of the Old Notes. Holders of Old Notes do not
have any appraisal or dissenters' rights under the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware or the Indenture in connection with the Exchange Offer.
The Company intends to conduct the Exchange Offer in accordance with the
applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of
the Commission promulgated thereunder.


   The Company shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Old Notes
when, as, and if the Company has given oral or written notice thereof to the
Exchange Agent. The Exchange Agent will act as agent for the tendering
holders for the purpose of receiving the New Notes from the Company. If any
tendered Old Notes are not accepted for exchange because of an invalid
tender, the occurrence of certain other events set forth herein or otherwise,
certificates for any such unaccepted Old Notes will be returned, without
expense, to the tendering holder thereof as promptly as practicable after the
Expiration Date.

   Holders who tender Old Notes in the Exchange Offer will not be required to
pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the
Letter of Transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of Old
Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The Company will pay all charges and
expenses,

                                     31

<PAGE>

other than certain applicable taxes, in connection with the Exchange
Offer.  See "The Exchange Offer -- Solicitation of Tenders; Fees and
Expenses."


EXPIRATION DATE; EXTENSIONS; AMENDMENTS
   
   The term "Expiration Date" shall mean 5:00 p.m., New York City time,
on November 6, 1995, unless the Company, in its sole discretion,
extends the Exchange Offer, in which case the term "Expiration Date" shall
mean the latest date and time to which the Exchange Offer is extended. In
order to extend the Exchange Offer, the Company will notify the Exchange
Agent of any extension by oral or written notice prior to 9:00 a.m., New
York City time, on the next business day after the previously
scheduled Expiration Date. The Company reserves the right, in its sole
discretion, (i) to delay accepting any Old Notes, to extend the Exchange
Offer or, if any of the conditions set forth under "The Exchange Offer --
Conditions" shall not have been satisfied, to terminate the Exchange Offer,
by giving oral or written notice of such delay, extension or termination to
the Exchange Agent, or (ii) to amend the terms of the Exchange Offer in any
manner.
    

INTEREST ON THE NEW NOTES

   The New Notes will bear interest from June 15, 1995, the date of original
issuance of the Old Notes. No interest will be paid on the Old Notes accepted
for exchange.

PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING

   Only a holder of Old Notes may tender the Old Notes in the Exchange Offer.
Except as set forth under "The Exchange Offer --Book Entry Transfer," to
tender in the Exchange Offer a holder must complete, sign and date the Letter
of Transmittal, or a copy thereof, have the signatures thereon guaranteed if
required by the Letter of Transmittal, and mail or otherwise deliver the
Letter of Transmittal or copy to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration
Date. In addition, either (i) certificates for such Old Notes must be
received by the Exchange Agent along with the Letter of Transmittal,  (ii) a
timely confirmation  of  a book-entry transfer (a "Book-Entry Confirmation")
of such Old Notes, if that procedure is available, into the Exchange Agent's
account at The Depository Trust Company (the "DTC" or the "Book-Entry
Transfer Facility") pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer
described below, must be received by the Exchange Agent prior to the
Expiration Date, or (iii) the holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery
procedures described below.  To be tendered effectively, the Old Notes,
Letter of Transmittal and other required documents must be received by the
Exchange Agent at the address set forth under "The Exchange Offer -- Exchange
Agent" prior to the Expiration Date.

   The tender by a holder that is not withdrawn before the Expiration Date
will constitute an agreement between that holder and the Company in
accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and
in the Letter of Transmittal.

   THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF OLD NOTES AND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL  AND ALL
OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF
THE HOLDER.  INSTEAD OF DELIVERY BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT HOLDERS USE
AN OVERNIGHT OR HAND DELIVERY SERVICE. IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD
BE ALLOWED TO ASSURE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT BEFORE THE EXPIRATION
DATE AND PROPER INSURANCE SHOULD BE OBTAINED.  NO LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR
OLD NOTES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE COMPANY. HOLDERS MAY REQUEST THEIR RESPECTIVE
BROKERS, DEALERS, COMMERCIAL BANKS, TRUST COMPANIES, OR NOMINEES TO EFFECT
THESE TRANSACTIONS FOR SUCH HOLDERS.

   Any beneficial owner whose Old Notes are registered in the name of a broker,
dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee and who wishes to
tender should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the
registered holder to tender on the beneficial owner's behalf. If the
beneficial owner wishes to tender on the owner's own behalf, the owner must,
prior to completing and executing the Letter of Transmittal and delivering
the owner's Old Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register
ownership of the Old

                                      32

<PAGE>

Notes in the beneficial owner's name or obtain a properly completed bond
power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may
take considerable time.

   Signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the
case may be, must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (as defined
herein) unless Old Notes  tendered pursuant thereto are tendered (i) by a
registered holder who has not completed the box titled "Special Registration
Instructions" or "Special Delivery Instructions" on the Letter of Transmittal
or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution.  If signatures on a
Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are
required to be guaranteed, the guarantee must be by any eligible guarantor
institution that is a member of or participant in the Securities Transfer
Agents Medallion Program, the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature
Program, the Stock Exchange Medallion Program, or an "eligible guarantor
institution" within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act (an
"Eligible Institution").

   If the Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the
registered holder of any Old Notes listed therein, the Old Notes must be
endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power, signed by the
registered holder as that registered holder's name appears on the Old Notes.

   If the Letter of Transmittal or any Old Notes or bond powers are signed by
trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers
of corporations, or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity,
such persons should so indicate when signing, and evidence satisfactory to
the Company of their authority to so act must be submitted with the Letter of
Transmittal unless waived by the Company.

    All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt), acceptance and withdrawal  of tendered Old Notes will be determined
by the Company in its sole discretion, which determination will be final and
binding.  The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any and all Old
Notes not properly tendered or any Old Notes the Company's acceptance of
which would, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be unlawful. The
Company also reserves the right to waive any defects, irregularities or
conditions of tender as to particular Old Notes. The Company's interpretation
of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the instructions
in the Letter of Transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties.
Unless waived, any defects or irregularities  in connection with tenders of
Old Notes must be cured within such time as the Company shall determine.
Although the Company intends to notify holders of defects or irregularities
with respect to tenders of Old Notes, neither the Company, the Exchange Agent
nor any other person shall incur any liability for failure to give such
notification. Tenders of Old Notes will not be deemed to have been made until
such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any Old Notes
received by the Exchange Agent that the Company determines are not properly
tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or
waived will be returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering holders,
unless otherwise provided in the Letter of Transmittal, as soon as
practicable following the Expiration Date.

   In addition, the Company reserves the right in its sole discretion to
purchase or make offers for any Old Notes that remain outstanding after the
Expiration Date or, as set forth under "The Exchange Offer -- Conditions," to
terminate the Exchange Offer and, to the extent permitted by applicable law,
purchase Old Notes in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions
or otherwise. The terms of any such purchases or offers could differ from the
terms of the Exchange Offer.

   By tendering, each holder will represent to the Company that, among other
things, (i) the New Notes acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer are being
acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such New
Notes, whether or not such person is the holder, (ii) neither the holder nor
any such other person is engaging in or intends to engage  in  a distribution
of such New Notes, (iii) neither the holder nor any such other person has an
arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the
distribution of such New Notes, and (iv) neither the holder nor any such
other person is an "affiliate" (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act)
of the Company. Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own
account in exchange for Old Notes, where such Old Notes were acquired by such
broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities (other than Old Notes acquired directly from the Company), may

                                       33

<PAGE>

participate in the  Exchange Offer but may be deemed  an "underwriter" under
the Securities Act and, therefore, must acknowledge in the Letter of
Transmittal that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale
of such New Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging
and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit
that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. See
"Plan of Distribution."

   In all cases, issuance of New Notes for Old Notes that are accepted for
exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be made only after timely
receipt by the Exchange Agent of certificates for such Old Notes or a timely
Book-Entry Confirmation of such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account
at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility, a properly completed and duly executed
Letter of Transmittal (or, with respect to the DTC and its participants,
electronic  instructions  in  which  the  tendering  holder acknowledges its
receipt of and agreement to be bound by the Letter of Transmittal), and all
other required documents. If any tendered Old Notes are submitted for a
greater principal amount than  the holder desires to exchange, such
unaccepted  or non-exchanged Old Notes will be returned without expense to
the tendering holder thereof (or, in the case of Old Notes tendered by
book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry
Transfer Facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures described
below, such non-exchanged Old Notes will be credited to an account maintained
with such Book-Entry Transfer Facility) as promptly as practicable after the
expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer.

BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER

   The Exchange Agent will make a request to establish an account with
respect to the Old Notes at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility for purposes of
the Exchange Offer within two business days after the date of this
Prospectus, and any financial institution that is a participant in the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility system may make book-entry delivery of Old Notes
being tendered by causing the Book-Entry Transfer Facility to transfer such
Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at  the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility in accordance with such Book-Entry Transfer Facility's procedures
for transfer. However, although delivery of Old Notes may be effected through
book-entry transfer at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility, the Letter of
Transmittal or copy thereof, with any required signature guarantees and any
other required documents, must, in any case other than as set forth in the
following paragraph, be transmitted to and received by the Exchange Agent at
the address set forth under "The Exchange Offer -- Exchange Agent" on or
prior to the Expiration Date or the guaranteed delivery procedures described
below must be complied with.

   The DTC's Automated Tender Offer Program ("ATOP") is the only method of
processing exchange offers through the DTC.  To accept the Exchange Offer
through ATOP, participants in the DTC must send electronic instructions to
the DTC through the DTC's communication system in place of sending a signed,
hard copy Letter of Transmittal. The DTC is obligated to communicate those
electronic instructions to the Exchange Agent.  To tender Old Notes through
ATOP, the electronic instructions sent to the DTC and transmitted by the DTC
to the Exchange Agent must contain the character by which the participant
acknowledges its receipt of and agrees to be bound by the Letter of
Transmittal.

GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES

   If a registered holder of the Old Notes desires to tender such Old Notes
and the Old Notes are not immediately available, or time will not permit such
holder's Old Notes or other required documents to reach the Exchange Agent
before the Expiration Date, or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot
be completed on a timely basis, a tender may be effected if (i) the tender is
made through an Eligible Institution, (ii) prior to the Expiration Date, the
Exchange Agent received from such Eligible Institution a properly completed
and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or a  facsimile  thereof) and Notice
of Guaranteed  Delivery, substantially in the form provided by the Company
(by telegram, telex, facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery), setting
forth the name and address of the holder of Old Notes and the amount of Old
Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and
guaranteeing that within five New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") trading days
after the date of execution of the Notice  of Guaranteed Delivery, the
certificates  for  all physically tendered Old Notes, in proper form for
transfer, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and any other
documents required by the Letter of Transmittal will be deposited by  the
Eligible Institution with the

                                       34

<PAGE>

Exchange Agent, and (iii) the certificates for all physically tendered Old
Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case
may be, and all other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, are
received by the Exchange Agent within five NYSE trading days after the date
of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS

   Tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New
York City time, on the Expiration Date.

   For a withdrawal of a tender of Old Notes to be effective, a written or
(for DTC participants) electronic ATOP transmission notice of withdrawal must
be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein prior to
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. Any such notice of
withdrawal must (i) specify the name of the person having deposited the Old
Notes to be withdrawn (the "Depositor"), (ii) identify the Old Notes to be
withdrawn (including the certificate number or numbers and principal amount
of such Old Notes), (iii) be signed by the holder in the same manner as the
original signature on the Letter of Transmittal by which such Old Notes were
tendered (including any required signature guarantees) or be accompanied by
documents of transfer sufficient to have the Trustee with respect to the Old
Notes register the transfer of such Old Notes into the name of the person
withdrawing the tender, and (iv) specify the name in which any such Old Notes
are to be registered, if different from that of the Depositor. All questions
as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such
notices will be determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, whose
determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any Old Notes so
withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for
purposes of the Exchange Offer.  Any Old Notes which have been tendered for
exchange but which are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to the
holder thereof without cost to such holder as soon as practicable after
withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange Offer.
Properly withdrawn Old Notes may be retendered by following one of the
procedures described under "The Exchange Offer -- Procedures for Tendering"
at any time on or prior to the Expiration Date.

CONDITIONS

   Notwithstanding any other term of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall
not be required to accept for exchange, or exchange New Notes for, any Old
Notes, and may terminate the Exchange Offer as provided herein before the
acceptance of such Old Notes, if:

      (a) the Exchange Offer shall violate applicable law or any applicable
   interpretation of the staff of the Commission; or

      (b)  any action or proceeding is instituted or threatened in any court
   or by any governmental agency that might materially impair the ability of
   the Company to proceed with the Exchange Offer or any material adverse
   development has occurred in any existing action or proceeding with respect
   to the Company; or

      (c)  any governmental approval has not been obtained, which approval the
   Company shall deem necessary for the consummation of the Exchange Offer.

   If the Company determines in its sole discretion that any of the
conditions are not satisfied, the Company may (i) refuse to accept any Old
Notes and return all tendered Old Notes to the tendering holders (or, in the
case of Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's
account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility pursuant to the book-entry
transfer procedures described above, such Old Notes will be credited to an
account maintained with such Book-Entry Transfer Facility), (ii) extend the
Exchange Offer and retain all Old Notes tendered prior to the expiration of
the Exchange Offer, subject, however, to the rights of holders to withdraw
such Old Notes (see "The Exchange Offer -- Withdrawal Rights") or (iii) waive
such unsatisfied conditions with respect to the Exchange Offer and accept all
properly tendered Old Notes which have not been withdrawn.  If such waiver
constitutes a material change to the Exchange Offer,

                                       35

<PAGE>

the Company will promptly disclose such waiver by means of a prospectus
supplement that will be distributed to the registered holders, and the
Company will extend the Exchange Offer for a period of five to ten business
days, depending upon  the significance of the waiver and the manner of
disclosure to the registered holders, if the Exchange Offer would otherwise
expire during such five-to-ten-business-day period.

EXCHANGE AGENT

   All executed Letters of Transmittal should be directed to the Exchange
Agent. First Interstate Bank of Texas, N.A., has been  appointed as Exchange
Agent for the Exchange Offer. Questions, requests for assistance and requests
for additional copies of this Prospectus or of the Letter of Transmittal
should be directed to the Exchange Agent addressed as follows:

                       BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL,
                       BY OVERNIGHT COURIER OR BY HAND:

                     First Interstate Bank of Texas, N.A.
                           Attention: Danny Ampaya
                           Debt Operations, A86-9
                           26610 West Agoura Road
                             Calabasas, CA 91302

                                BY FACSIMILE:
                                (818) 880-3090
                           Attention: Danny Ampaya


                            CONFIRM BY TELEPHONE:
                                (818) 880-7132

SOLICITATIONS OF TENDERS; FEES AND EXPENSES

   The Company will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others
soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer.  The principal solicitation is
being made by mail; however, additional solicitations may be made in person
or by telephone by officers and employees of the Company.

   The Company has not retained any dealer-manager or similar agent in
connection with the Exchange Offer and will not make any payments to brokers,
dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer. The Company,
however, will pay the Exchange Agent reasonable and customary fees for its
services and will reimburse it for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses  in
connection therewith.

   The cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the Exchange Offer
will be paid by the Company.  Such expenses include fees and expenses of the
Exchange Agent and Trustee, accounting and legal fees and printing costs,
among others.

TRANSFER TAXES

   Holders who tender their Old Notes for exchange will not be obligated to
pay any transfer taxes in connection therewith, except that holders who
instruct the Company to register New Notes in the name of, or request that
Old Notes not tendered or not accepted in the Exchange Offer be returned to,
a person other than the registered tendering holder will be responsible for
the payment of any applicable transfer tax thereon.

                                       36

<PAGE>

                     CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

   The following discussion is a summary of certain federal income tax
considerations relevant to the exchange of Old Notes for New Notes, but does
not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The
discussion is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
Treasury regulations, Internal Revenue Service rulings and pronouncements
and judicial decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to change at
any time by legislative, judicial or administrative action. Any such changes
may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a holder
of the New Notes. The description does not consider the effect of any
applicable foreign, state, local or other tax laws or estate or gift tax
considerations.

   EACH HOLDER SHOULD CONSULT HIS OR HER OWN TAX ADVISOR AS TO THE PARTICULAR
TAX CONSEQUENCES TO IT OF EXCHANGING OLD NOTES FOR NEW NOTES, INCLUDING THE
APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS.

   The exchange of Old Notes for New Notes should not be an exchange or
otherwise a taxable event to a holder for federal income tax purposes.
Accordingly, a holder should have the same adjusted issue price, adjusted
basis and holding period in the New Notes as it had in the Old Notes
immediately before the exchange.

                                       37



<PAGE>

                    DESCRIPTION OF NEW NOTES

GENERAL

     The Old Notes were, and the New Notes will be, issued pursuant to an
Indenture, dated as of June 15, 1995 (the "Indenture"), between the Company
and First Interstate Bank of Texas, N.A., as trustee (the "Trustee"). The
terms of the New Notes are identical in all material respects to the Old
Notes, except that the New Notes have been registered under the Securities
Act and, therefore, will not bear legends restricting their transfer.  Upon
the issuance of the New Notes, the Indenture will be subject to and governed
by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "Trust Indenture Act").
The following summary of certain provisions of the Indenture and the
Registration Rights Agreement does not purport to be complete and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to the Indenture and the Registration
Rights Agreement, including the definitions therein of certain terms used
below. The Company will provide, without charge, to each person, including
any beneficial owner, to whom this Prospectus is delivered, upon such
person's written or oral request, copies of the Indenture and the
Registration Rights Agreement. Any such request should be delivered to ProNet
Inc., 6340 LBJ Freeway, Dallas, Texas 75240 (telephone number (214) 687-2000),
Attention: Jan E. Gaulding. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined below or
elsewhere in this Prospectus have the meanings given them in the Indenture.
The definitions of certain terms used in the following summary are set forth
below under "Description of New Notes -- Certain Definitions."

     The Notes will be general unsecured senior subordinated obligations of
the Company and will be subordinate and junior in right of payment to
substantially all of the outstanding indebtedness of the Company and its
subsidiaries, including all existing and future Senior Debt of the Company.

     The Notes will be limited to an aggregate principal amount of $100
million and will mature in 2005.

     Interest on the Notes will be payable in cash semi-annually, on each
June 15 and December 15 (each an "Interest Payment Date"), commencing
December 15, 1995, to the persons in whose names the Notes are registered at
the close of business on the preceding June 1 and December 1, as the case may
be. Interest will accrue from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which
interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid
or duly provided for, commencing June 15, 1995. Interest will be computed on
the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Notes will bear
interest until maturity at the rate set forth on the cover page of this
Prospectus.

     The Notes are issuable only in registered form, without coupons, in
denominations of $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof. Principal and
premium, if any, and interest on each Note will be payable and the Notes may
be presented for transfer or exchange at the office or agency of the Company
maintained for such purpose. At the option of the Company, payment of
interest may be made by check mailed to registered holders of the Notes at
the addresses set forth on the registry books maintained by the Trustee, who
will initially act as registrar for the Notes. No service charge will be made
for any exchange or registration of transfer of Notes, but the Company may
require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental
charge payable in  connection therewith. (Sections 4.1, 4.6) Unless otherwise
designated by the Company, the Company's office or agency will be the
corporate trust office of the Trustee. (Section 4.2)

     Old Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange
Offer and New Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer will be
entitled to vote or consent on all matters as a single class of securities
under the Indenture.

SUBORDINATION

     The Notes will, to the extent set forth in the Indenture, be subordinate
in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt. Upon any
payment or distribution of assets of the Company to creditors upon any
liquidation, dissolution, winding up, reorganization, assignment for the
benefit  of creditors, marshalling of assets or any bankruptcy, insolvency or
similar proceedings of the Company, the holders of Senior Debt will first be
entitled to receive payment in full of principal of (and

                                       38

<PAGE>

premium, if any) and interest on such Senior Debt before the holders of Notes
are entitled to receive any payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or
interest on the Notes or on account of the purchase or redemption or other
acquisition of Notes by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company. In the
event that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee or the holder of any
Note receives any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any
kind or character (excluding shares of Capital Stock of the Company or
securities of the Company provided for in a plan of reorganization or
readjustment which are subordinate in right of payment to all Senior Debt to
substantially the same extent as the Notes are so subordinated) before all
the Senior Debt is paid in full, then such payment or distribution will be
required to be paid over or delivered forthwith to the trustee in bankruptcy
or other Person making payment or distribution of assets of the Company for
application to the payment of all Senior Debt remaining unpaid, to the extent
necessary to pay the Senior Debt in full. (Section 11.2)

     The Company may not make any payments on account of the Notes or on
account of the purchase or redemption or other acquisition of Notes if there
shall have occurred and be continuing a default in the payment of principal
of (or premium, if any) or interest on Senior Debt, the payment of commitment
or facility fees, letter of credit fees and agency fees under the Credit
Facility, and payments with respect to letter of credit reimbursement
arrangements with one or more lenders under the Credit Facility when due (a
"Senior Payment Default"). In addition, if any default (other than a Senior
Payment Default) with respect to any Senior Debt permitting, or which with
the giving of notice or lapse of time (or both) would permit, the holders
thereof (or a trustee on behalf thereof) to accelerate the  maturity thereof
(a "Senior Nonmonetary Default") has occurred and is continuing and the
Company and the Trustee have received written notice thereof from the agent
bank for the Credit Facility or from an authorized person on behalf of any
Designated Senior Debt, then the Company may not make any payments on account
of the Notes or on account of the purchase or redemption or other acquisition
of Notes for a period (a "blockage period") commencing on the date the
Company and the Trustee receive such written notice and ending on the earlier
of (x) 179 days after such date and (y) the date, if any, on which the Senior
Debt to which such default relates is discharged or such default is waived or
otherwise cured. In any event, not more than one blockage period may be
commenced during any period of 360 consecutive days, and there shall be a
period of at least 181 consecutive days in each period of 360 consecutive
days when no blockage period is in effect. No Senior Nonmonetary Default that
existed or was continuing on the date of the commencement of any blockage
period with respect to the Senior Debt initiating such blockage period will
be, or can be, made the basis for the commencement of a subsequent blockage
period, unless such default has been cured or waived for a period of not less
than 90 consecutive days. In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing,
the Company makes any payment to the Trustee or the holder of any Note
prohibited by the subordination provisions, then such payment will be
required to be paid over and delivered forthwith to the holders of the Senior
Debt remaining unpaid, to the extent necessary to pay in full all the Senior
Debt. (Section 11.2) For the purposes hereof, "Designated Senior Debt" means
any Senior Debt (other than under the Credit Facility) in an original
principal amount of not less than $5 million where the instrument governing
such Senior Debt expressly states that such Debt is "Designated Senior Debt"
for purposes of the Indenture and a Board Resolution setting forth such
designation by the Company has been filed with the Trustee. (Section 1.1)

     By reason of such subordination, in the event of insolvency, creditors
of the Company who are not holders of Senior Debt or of the Notes may recover
less, ratably, than holders of Senior Debt and may recover more, ratably,
than the holders of the Notes.

     The subordination provisions described above will cease to be applicable
to the Notes upon any defeasance or covenant defeasance of the Notes as
described under "Description of New Notes -- Defeasance." (Article 8)


     As of June 30, 1995, after giving pro forma effect to certain acquisitions
and the sale of the Old Notes and the application of the proceeds therefrom, the
Company would have had approximately $50.9 million of Senior Debt
outstanding. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Capitalization." The Company may from
time to time hereafter incur additional Debt constituting Senior Debt under
the Credit Facility or otherwise, subject to the provisions of "Limitation on
Consolidated Debt" described below.


                                       39

<PAGE>

OPTIONAL REDEMPTION

     The Notes will not be redeemable at the Company's option prior to June
15, 2000. Thereafter, the Notes will be subject to redemption at the option
of the Company, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60
days' notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal
amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to but not
including the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month
period beginning on June 15 of the years indicated below:

                    Year                          Percentage
                    2000. . . . . . . . . . . . .  105.938%
                    2001. . . . . . . . . . . . .  103.958%
                    2002. . . . . . . . . . . . .  101.979%
                    2003 and 2004 . . . . . . . .  100.000%

     The Notes will not have the benefit of any sinking fund payments
obligations.

SELECTION AND NOTICE

     If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or to be purchased
pursuant to any purchase offer required under the Indenture, at any time,
selection of Notes for redemption or purchase will be made by the Trustee in
compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities
exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed, or, if the Notes are not so
listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall
deem fair and appropriate, PROVIDED, that no Notes with a principal amount of
$1,000 or less shall be redeemed or purchased in part. Notice of redemption
shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days
before the redemption date to each holder of Notes to be redeemed at the last
address for such holder then shown on the registry books. If any Note is to
be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note
shall state the portion of the principal amount to be redeemed. A new Note in
principal amount equal to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion will be
issued in the name of the holder thereof upon cancellation of the original
Note. On and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to
accrue on the Notes or portions of them called for redemption or purchase.

CERTAIN COVENANTS

      The  Indenture contains, among others, the following covenants:

LIMITATION ON CONSOLIDATED DEBT

     The Company may not, and may not permit its Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, create, incur, assume, become liable for or guarantee the payment
of (collectively, "incur") any Debt (including Acquired Debt), PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the Company may incur Debt (including Acquired Debt) and may
permit a Subsidiary to incur Acquired Debt if immediately thereafter the
ratio of the aggregate principal amount of Debt of the Company and its
Subsidiaries outstanding as of the most recent available quarterly or annual
balance sheet to Pro Forma Consolidated Cash Flow for the preceding four full
fiscal quarters, determined on a pro forma basis as if any such Debt had been
incurred and the proceeds thereof had been applied at the beginning of such
four fiscal quarters, would be less than 5.5 to 1.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, and may permit its
Subsidiaries to, incur the following without regard to the foregoing
limitation and without duplication: (i) Debt of the Company under the Credit
Facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $125 million at any
one time outstanding; (ii) Guarantees by Subsidiaries of Debt permitted by
clause (i); (iii) Debt of the Company evidenced by the Notes; (iv) Debt owed
by the Company to any wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company or owed by any
wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or any other wholly
owned Subsidiary of the Company (but only so long as such Debt is held by the
Company or such wholly owned Subsidiary); (v) Debt outstanding on the date
the Notes are originally issued under the Indenture; (vi) Permitted Deferred
Payments; (vii) Debt arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial
institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn


                                       40

<PAGE>

against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, PROVIDED that
such Debt is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence; (viii)
Refinancing Debt; and (ix) renewals of Guarantees permitted by clause (ii)
above. (Section 4.9)

     For purposes of determining any particular amount of Debt under this
covenant, Guarantees of (or obligations with respect to letters of credit
supporting) Debt otherwise included in the determination of such amount shall
not also be included. For the purpose of determining compliance with this
covenant, (A) in the event that an item of Debt meets the criteria of more
than one of the types of Debt described in the above clauses, the Company, in
its sole discretion, shall classify such item of Debt and only be required to
include the amount and type of such Debt in one of such clauses; and (B) the
amount of Debt issued at a price which is less than the principal amount
thereof shall be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof
determined  in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
(Section 4.9)

LIMITATION ON CERTAIN DEBT

     So long as any of the Notes are outstanding the Company will not incur
or suffer to exist any Debt (other than (i) the Notes and (ii) any pari passu
Debt) that is by its terms subordinate in right of payment to any other Debt
of the Company unless such Debt is also subordinate by its terms in right of
payment to the Notes. (Section 4.10)

LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED PAYMENTS

     The Company may not, and may not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (i)
directly or indirectly, declare or pay any dividend, or make any
distribution, in respect of its Capital Stock or to the holders thereof
(including pursuant to a merger or consolidation of the Company, but
excluding any dividends or distributions payable solely in shares of its
Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) or in options, warrants or other
rights to acquire its Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock)), other
than dividends or distributions payable to the Company or any wholly owned
Subsidiary of the Company, or by a Subsidiary of the Company to a holder who
is not the Company or a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company, provided that
such dividend or distribution is paid to all of the holders of the Capital
Stock of the payor of such dividend, pro rata in accordance with their
respective interests, (ii) directly or indirectly, purchase, redeem or
otherwise acquire or retire for value (a) any Capital Stock of the Company or
any Related Person or (b) any options, warrants, or rights to purchase or
acquire shares of Capital Stock of the Company or any Related Person, (iii)
make any loan, advance, capital contribution to  or investment in, or payment
on a Guarantee of any obligation of, any Affiliate or any Related Person
(other than the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company), inclusive of any
loan, advance, capital contribution to or investment in, or payment on a
Guarantee of any obligation of, any Affiliate or Related Person by the
Company pursuant to a transaction whereby any such Affiliate or Related
Person becomes an Affiliate or Related Person, but exclusive of any loan,
advance, capital contribution to or investment in, or payment on a Guarantee
of any obligation of, any Person by the Company or a Subsidiary of the
Company pursuant to a transaction whereby any such Person becomes a
Subsidiary of the Company, in each case unless  otherwise prohibited by the
terms of the Indenture, or (iv) redeem, defease, repurchase, retire or
otherwise acquire or retire for value prior to any scheduled maturity,
repayment or sinking fund payment (other than with the proceeds of
Refinancing Debt) Debt of the Company which is subordinate in right of
payment to the Notes (each of clauses (i) through (iv) being a "Restricted
Payment"), if at the time of such Restricted Payment, or after giving effect
thereto: (1) an Event of Default, or an event that with the lapse of time or
the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, shall
have occurred and be continuing, (2) the Company could not incur $1.00 of
additional Debt under the first paragraph of the "Limitation on Consolidated
Debt" covenant, above, or (3) the aggregate of all Restricted Payments from
the date of the Indenture exceeds the sum of: (a) the remainder of (x) 100%
of cumulative Free Cash Flow after June 30, 1995 through the last day of the
last full fiscal quarter immediately preceding such Restricted Payment for
which quarterly or annual financial statements of the Company are available
minus (y) the product of 2.0 times  cumulative Consolidated Fixed Charges
after June 30, 1995 through the last day of the last full fiscal quarter
immediately preceding such Restricted Payment for which quarterly or annual
financial statements of the Company are available; and (b) after the date of
the Indenture, 100% of the aggregate net proceeds from the issuance of
Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of the Company


                                       41

<PAGE>

and options, warrants or other rights on Capital Stock (other than Redeemable
Stock) of the Company and the principal amount of Debt of the Company that
has been converted into Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of the
Company.

     The foregoing provision will not be violated by reason of (i) the
payment of any dividend within 60 days after declaration thereof if at the
declaration date such payment would have complied  with the foregoing
provision; (ii) the purchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement of any
shares of Capital Stock of the Company in exchange for, or out of the net
proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of
the Company) of, other shares of Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock)
of the Company; (iii) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other
acquisition or retirement of Debt of the Company which is subordinate in
right of payment to the Notes, in exchange for, by conversion into, or out of
the net proceeds of, a substantially concurrent (a) issue or sale (other than
to a Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of the
Company, or (b) incurrence of Refinancing Debt with respect to such
subordinated Debt; or (iv) investments in telecommunications businesses in an
aggregate amount not exceeding $10.0 million; PROVIDED that no Default or
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time, or shall
occur as a result, of any of the actions contemplated in clauses (ii) and
(iii) above. Any payment made pursuant to clauses (i) through (iii) (other
than subclause (iii)(b)) of this paragraph shall be a Restricted Payment for
purposes of calculating aggregate Restricted Payments under the preceding
paragraph. (Section 4.11)

LIMITATION ON DISTRIBUTIONS BY AND TRANSFERS TO SUBSIDIARIES, ETC.

     The Company may not, and may not permit any Subsidiary of the Company
to, create, assume or otherwise suffer to exist any encumbrance or
restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary of the Company to (i) pay,
directly or indirectly, dividends or make any other distributions in respect
of its Capital Stock or pay any Debt or other obligation owed to the Company
or any other Subsidiary of the Company; (ii) make loans or advances to the
Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; or (iii) transfer any of its
property or assets to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, and may permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, create, assume or otherwise suffer to exist any such
encumbrances or restrictions on the ability of any Subsidiary of the Company
if and to the extent (i) subject to the provision described under "Limitation
on Mergers, Consolidations and Certain Sales of Assets," such encumbrance or
restriction existed prior to the time any Person became a Subsidiary of the
Company and such restriction or encumbrance was not incurred in anticipation
of such acquisition of such Person by the Company; (ii) subject to the
provisions described under "Limitation on Mergers, Consolidations  and
Certain  Sales  of Assets," "Limitation on  Certain  Asset Dispositions" and
"Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Capital Stock of Subsidiaries," such
encumbrance or restriction exists by reason of a customary merger or
acquisition agreement for the purchase or acquisition of the stock or assets
of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries by another Person; (iii) such
encumbrance or restriction is contained in an operating lease for real
property and is effective only upon the occurrence and during the continuance
of a default in the payment of rent; (iv) such encumbrance or restriction is
the result of applicable corporate law or regulation relating to the payment
of dividends or distributions; (v) such encumbrance or restriction is the
result of applicable statute, regulation or administrative rule which
restricts the transfer of licenses or permits; and (vi) such encumbrance or
restriction is contained in the Credit Facility on the date of the Indenture,
including any amendment, modification, supplementation, restatement or
replacement of such  Credit Facility, PROVIDED that the terms and conditions
of  such amendment,  modification,  supplementation,  restatement  or
replacement in respect of such encumbrance or restriction are not less
favorable to the holders of the Notes than the terms and conditions in
respect of such encumbrance or restriction of the Credit Facility on the date
of the Indenture. (Section 4.12)

LIMITATION ON LIENS

     The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary of the Company
to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (other than Permitted
Liens) upon or in respect of any of its property or assets to secure any Debt
which is pari passu with or subordinate in right of payment to the Notes,
unless the Notes are secured equally and ratably simultaneously with or prior
to the creation, incurrence or assumption of such Lien; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that if such Debt is expressly subordinate to the Notes, the Lien securing
such


                                       42

<PAGE>

subordinated Debt shall be subordinate and junior to the Lien securing the
Notes with the same relative priority as such subordinated Debt shall have
with respect to the Notes. (Section 4.13)

LIMITATION ON TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES AND RELATED PERSONS

     The Company may not, and may not permit any Subsidiary of the  Company
to, directly or indirectly, enter  into  any transaction or series of
transactions after the date of the Indenture with any Affiliate or Related
Person (other than the Company or a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company),
unless (i) such transaction or series of transactions is on terms no less
favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than those that could be obtained
in a comparable arm's-length transaction with an entity that is not an
Affiliate or a Related Person; and (ii) if such transaction or series of
transactions involves aggregate consideration in excess of $1 million, then
such transaction or series of transactions is approved by a majority of the
Board of Directors of the Company, including the approval of a majority of
the independent, disinterested directors, and is evidenced by a resolution of
the Board of Directors of the Company. Any such transaction or series of
transactions shall be conclusively deemed to be on terms no less favorable to
the Company or such Subsidiary than those that could be obtained in an
arm's-length transaction if such transaction or transactions are approved by
a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company, including a majority of
the independent disinterested directors, and are evidenced by a resolution of
the Board of Directors of the Company. (Section 4.14)

     This covenant will not apply to (a) transactions between the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries and any employee of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries that are entered into in the ordinary course of business, (b)
the payment of reasonable and customary regular fees and expenses to
directors of the Company, (c) the making of indemnification, contribution or
similar payments to any director or officer of the Company or any Subsidiary
of  the Company under the Company's  or  such Subsidiary's charter or bylaws
(as each may be amended after the date of this Prospectus) or any
indemnification or similar agreement between the Company or any such
Subsidiary and any of its directors or officers (collectively, the
"Indemnification Agreements")  or (d) the entering into any Indemnification
Agreements with any current or future directors or officers of the Company or
any Subsidiary of the Company. (Section 4.14)

LIMITATION ON CERTAIN ASSET DISPOSITIONS

     The Company may not, and may not permit any Subsidiary of the Company
to, make any Asset Disposition in one or more transactions unless: (i) the
Company (or such Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at
the time of such Asset Disposition at least equal to the fair market value
for the assets sold or disposed of as determined by the Board of Directors of
the Company; (ii) at least 80% of the consideration for such Asset
Disposition consists of cash or readily marketable cash equivalents or the
assumption of Senior Debt or pari passu Debt of the Company and release from
all liability on such Senior Debt or pari passu Debt; and (iii) all Net
Available Proceeds of such Asset Disposition, less any amounts invested
within 180 days of such Asset Disposition in assets related to the business
of the  Company, are applied within 180 days of such  Asset Disposition, (a)
first to the permanent reduction of any Debt then outstanding under the
Credit Facility to the extent the terms of the Credit Facility require such
application or prohibit prepayment of the Notes, (b) second, to the repayment
of any other Senior Debt to the extent the terms of such Debt require such
application or prohibit prepayment of the Notes, and (c) third, to the extent
remaining Net Available Proceeds, together with any remaining Net Available
Proceeds from any prior Asset Disposition, exceed $3 million, to make an
offer to purchase, on a pro rata basis according to their respective
principal amounts then outstanding (or accreted value, as the case may be),
the outstanding Notes and pari passu Debt, at 100% of their principal amount
(or accreted value, as the case may be) plus accrued interest to the date of
the purchase.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to
repurchase or redeem Notes or to repay other Debt pursuant to clause (iii)
above until the Net Available Proceeds from any Asset Disposition together
with the Net Available Proceeds from any prior Asset Disposition not
otherwise applied in accordance with clauses (a), (b) or (c) of the preceding
paragraph, less any amounts invested within 180 days of such disposition or
dispositions in assets related to the business of the Company, exceed $5
million. To the extent that the aggregate purchase price of the Notes
tendered pursuant to such an offer to purchase


                                       43

<PAGE>

is less than the aggregate purchase price offered in such offer, the Company
may use such shortfall for general corporate purposes. The Company shall not
be entitled to any credit against such obligation to purchase Notes for  the
principal amount of any Notes acquired by the Company other than pursuant to
such offer to purchase. These provisions will not apply to a transaction
which is permitted under the provisions described under "Limitation on
Mergers, Consolidations  and Certain Sales of Assets." (Section 4.15)

     Subject to the provisions described under "Limitation on Mergers,
Consolidations and Certain Sales of Assets" below, the provisions of this
covenant shall not apply to any Asset Disposition which is part of an Asset
Exchange Transaction if (i) the Board of Directors of the Company shall
determine that the Asset Exchange Transaction is fair and reasonable to, and
in the best interests of, the Company, which determination shall be evidenced
by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company filed with the
Trustee and (ii) in the event (a) the properties and assets of the Company or
a Subsidiary of the Company to be transferred in such Asset Exchange
Transaction or the properties and assets of the Subsidiary of the Company
whose Capital Stock is being transferred in such Asset Exchange Transaction
represent $5 million or more as reflected in the most recent quarterly or
annual consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries prior
to such Asset Exchange Transaction and (b) such transfer is made to an
Affiliate or Related Person, the Company shall have obtained the written
opinion of an independent financial advisor stating that the Asset Exchange
Transaction is fair to the Company from a financial point of view or the
determination under (i) above shall have been made by a majority of the
disinterested directors of the Company. (Section 4.15)

LIMITATION  ON  ISSUANCES AND SALES OF CAPITAL  STOCK  OF SUBSIDIARIES

     The Company (i) shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary of the
Company to, transfer, convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any Capital
Stock of such or any other Subsidiary to any Person (other than the Company
or a wholly owned Subsidiary) unless such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease
or other disposition is of all the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary owned by
the Company or such other Subsidiary and the Net Available Proceeds from such
transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition are applied in
accordance with "Limitation on Certain Asset Dispositions" and (ii) shall not
permit any Subsidiary to issue shares of its Capital Stock (other than
directors' qualifying shares), or securities convertible into, or warrants,
rights or options to subscribe for or purchase shares of, its Capital Stock
to any Person other than the Company or a wholly owned Subsidiary of the
Company. (Section 4.16)

LIMITATION ON MERGERS, CONSOLIDATIONS AND CERTAIN SALES OF ASSETS

     The Company (i) may not consolidate with or merge into any other Person
or permit any other Person to consolidate with or merge into the Company or
any Subsidiary of the Company (in a transaction in which such Subsidiary
remains a Subsidiary of the Company); (ii) may not, directly or indirectly,
transfer, convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially
all of its assets; (iii) may not, and may not permit any Subsidiary of the
Company to, directly or indirectly, acquire Capital Stock of any other Person
such that such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company; and (iv) may not,
and may not permit any Subsidiary of the Company to, directly or indirectly,
purchase, lease or otherwise acquire (x) all or substantially all of the
assets or (y) any existing business (whether existing as a separate entity,
subsidiary, division, unit or otherwise) of any Person unless: (1)
immediately before and after giving effect  to  such transaction and treating
any Debt incurred by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company as a result
of such transaction as having been incurred by the Company or such Subsidiary
at the time of the transaction, no Event of Default or event that with the
passing of time or the giving of notice, or both, shall constitute an Event
of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing; (2) in a transaction in
which the Company does not survive or in which the Company conveys, sells,
leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its assets, the
successor entity to the Company is organized under the laws of the United
States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia and expressly
assumes, by a supplemental Indenture executed and delivered to the Trustee in
form satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the Company's obligations under the
Indenture; and (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the
Company or the successor entity to the Company could incur at least $1.00 of
additional Debt pursuant to the first paragraph of the "Limitation on
Consolidated Debt" covenant above; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the provisions of
this clause (3) shall not apply to transactions described in


                                       44

<PAGE>

clauses (i) through (iv) above which are (x) between the Company and one or
more of its wholly owned Subsidiaries or (y) between two or more wholly owned
Subsidiaries of the Company.

     Notwithstanding clause (3) above, the Company or any Subsidiary of the
Company may acquire the Capital Stock of a Person in a transaction in which
such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or directly or indirectly
purchase, lease or otherwise acquire (x) all or substantially all of the
assets or (y) any existing business (whether existing as a separate entity,
subsidiary, division, unit or otherwise) of any Person so long as (a) the sum
of the consideration paid for such Capital Stock or assets and the Debt
assumed in connection therewith plus the sum of the aggregate amount of
consideration paid for all other such acquisitions  consummated  during  the
twelve-month  period immediately preceding the date of such acquisition and
the Debt incurred  in connection therewith does not exceed  5%  of
Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Company immediately prior to such
acquisition. (Article 5)

CHANGE OF CONTROL

     Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder of the Notes
shall have the right to require that the Company repurchase such holder's
Notes, in whole or in part (equal to $1,000 or integral multiples of $1,000),
at a repurchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof
plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase, pursuant
to the offer described in the succeeding paragraph (the "Change of Control
Offer").

     Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall mail a
notice to each holder with a copy to the Trustee stating: (i) that a Change
of Control has occurred and that such holder has the right to require the
Company to repurchase such holder's Notes, in whole or in part (equal to
$1,000 or integral multiples of $1,000), at a repurchase price in cash equal
to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, to the date of repurchase; (ii) the circumstances and relevant facts
regarding such Change of Control (including relevant information with respect
to the transaction giving rise to such Change of Control and, if applicable,
information with respect  to  pro forma historical income, cash  flow  and
capitalization after giving effect to such Change of Control); (iii) the
repurchase date (which shall be not earlier than 30 days or later than 60
days from the date such notice is mailed) (the "Repurchase Date"); (iv) that
any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; (v) that any Note
accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to
accrue interest after the Repurchase Date; (vi) subject to certain
conditions, that holders electing to have a  Note purchased pursuant to a
Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form
titled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the Note
completed, to the paying agent (which may be the Company) at the address
specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the Repurchase
Date; (vii) that holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the
paying agent receives, not later than the close of business on the third
business day (or such shorter periods as may be required by applicable law)
preceding the Repurchase Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or
letter setting forth the name of the holder, the principal amount of Notes
the holder delivered for purchase, and a statement that such holder is
withdrawing his election to have such Notes purchased; and (viii) that
holders which elect to have their Notes purchased only in part will be issued
Notes in a principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of the Notes
surrendered.

     On the Repurchase Date, the Company shall (i) accept for payment Notes
or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (ii)
deposit with the Trustee or a paying agent (or segregate, if the Company is
acting as its own paying agent) money sufficient to pay the purchase price of
all Notes or portions thereof so tendered and (iii) deliver or cause to be
delivered to the Trustee Notes so accepted, together with an officers'
certificate stating the Notes or portions thereof which are thereby tendered
to the Company. The Trustee or a paying agent shall promptly mail to the
holders of Notes such accepted payment in an amount equal to the purchase
price and promptly authenticate and mail to such holders a new Note in a
principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered.
The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer
on or as soon as practicable after the Repurchase Date. (Section 4.17)

                                       45

<PAGE>

     In the event a Change of Control occurs and any repurchase pursuant to
the foregoing constitutes a "tender offer" for purposes of Rule 14e-1 under
the Exchange Act, the Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1
as then in effect, to the extent applicable, and any other applicable
securities laws or regulations with respect to such repurchase. The Change of
Control provisions described above may deter certain mergers, tender offers
and other takeover attempts involving the Company.


     The Company's ability to repurchase Notes upon a Change of Control may
be limited by the terms of its then existing contractual obligations. The
Credit Facility provides that the repurchase of the Notes upon a Change of
Control will constitute a default under the Credit Facility, and any future
credit agreements or other agreements relating to Senior Debt may contain
similar provisions. If the Company makes a Change of Control Offer following
a Change of Control, the Company may not have  adequate financial resources
to repurchase all Notes tendered. The Company's failure to repurchase
tendered Notes or to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of
Control would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture, but the
subordination provisions in the Indenture would likely restrict payments to
the Holders of Notes. As a result, investors should anticipate that, without
the consent of the lenders under the Credit Facility, the Company may not be
able to consummate a transaction involving a Change of Control.


EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     The following are Events of Default with respect to the Notes:  (a)
failure to pay any interest on any Note when due, continued for 30 days; (b)
failure to pay principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note when due; (c)
default in the payment of principal and interest on Notes required to be
purchased pursuant to an Offer to Purchase as described under "Limitation on
Certain Asset Dispositions" and "Change  of Control" when due and payable;
(d) failure to perform or comply with the provisions described under
"Limitation on Mergers, Consolidations and Certain Sales of Assets"; (e)
failure to perform or breach of any other covenant or warranty of the Company
in the Indenture, continued for 60 days after written notice from the Trustee
or holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes as
provided in the Indenture; (f) a default shall have occurred under any bonds,
debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness of the Company or any
Subsidiary of the Company or under any mortgages, indentures or instruments
under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced
any indebtedness by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, in any case
with a principal amount of at least $2 million outstanding, and such
indebtedness already is due and payable in full or such default has resulted
in the acceleration of the maturity of such indebtedness, in each case after
a period of five days during which period such default shall not have been
cured or such acceleration shall not have been rescinded; (g) the rendering
of a final judgment or judgments (not subject to appeal) against the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount in excess of $2 million
which remain unstayed, in effect and unpaid for a period of 60 consecutive
days thereafter; and (h) certain events in bankruptcy, insolvency or
reorganization affecting the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.
Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the
Trustee in case an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the
Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers
under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders, unless
such holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity. Subject
to such provisions for the indemnification of the Trustee, the holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes will have the
right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for
any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power
conferred on the Trustee. (Section 6.1)

     If an Event of Default (other than Events of Default with respect  to
certain events of bankruptcy,  insolvency  or reorganization affecting the
Company or any Subsidiary of the Company) shall occur and be continuing,
either the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal
amount of the outstanding Notes may accelerate the maturity of all Notes;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that after such acceleration, but before a judgment or
decree based on acceleration, the holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of outstanding Notes may, under certain circumstances,
rescind and annul such acceleration if  all Events of Default, other than the
non-payment of accelerated principal, have been cured or waived as provided
in the Indenture. If a specified Event of Default with respect to certain
event  of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization affecting the Company or
any Subsidiary of the Company occurs, the  principal of the Notes then
outstanding shall become immediately due and payable without any declaration
or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holder of the Notes. (Section
6.2) For information as to waiver of defaults, see "Modification and Waiver."

                                       46

<PAGE>

     No holder of any Note will have any right to institute any proceeding
with respect to the Indenture or for any remedy thereunder, unless such
holder shall have previously given to the Trustee written notice of a
continuing Event of Default and unless also the holders of at least 25% in
aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall have made written
request, and offered reasonable indemnity, to the Trustee to institute such
proceeding as trustee, and the Trustee shall not have received from the
holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes
a direction inconsistent with such request and shall have failed to institute
such proceeding within 60 days. (Section 6.6) However, such limitations do
not apply to a suit instituted by a holder of a Note for enforcement of
payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on such Note on
or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note. (Section 6.7)

     The Company will be required to furnish to the Trustee annually a
statement as to the performance by the Company of certain of its obligations
under the Indenture and as to any default in such performance. (Section 4.4)

DEFEASANCE

     The Indenture will provide that (A) if applicable, the Company will be
discharged from any and all obligations in respect of the outstanding Notes
(including the provisions described under "Subordination") or (B) if
applicable, the Company may omit to comply with certain restrictive
covenants, and that such omission shall not be deemed to be an Event of
Default under the Indenture and the Notes, in either case (A) or (B) upon
irrevocable deposit with the Trustee, in trust, of money and/or U.S.
government obligations which will provide money in an amount sufficient in
the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public
accountants to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and each installment
of interest, if any, on the outstanding Notes. With respect to clause (B),
the obligations under the Indenture other than with respect to such covenants
and the Events of Default other than the Event of Default relating to such
covenants above shall remain in full force and effect. Such trust may only be
established if, among other things (i) with respect to clause (A), the
Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal
Revenue Service a ruling or there has been a change in law, which in an
opinion of counsel to the Company provides that holders of the Notes will not
recognize gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such
deposit, defeasance and discharge and will be subject to Federal income tax
on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would have
been the case if such deposit, defeasance and discharge had not occurred; or,
with respect to clause (B), the Company has delivered to the Trustee an
opinion of counsel to the Company to the effect that the holders of the Notes
will not recognize gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result
of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on
the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been
the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred; (ii) no Event of
Default or event that with the passing of time or the giving of notice, or
both, shall constitute an Event of Default shall have occurred or be
continuing; (iii) no default on any Senior Debt shall have occurred and be
continuing; and (iv) certain other customary conditions precedent are
satisfied. (Article 8)

MODIFICATION AND WAIVER

     Modifications and amendments of the Indenture may be made by the Company
and the Trustee with the consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the outstanding Notes; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such
modification or amendment may, without the consent of the holder of each
outstanding Note affected thereby, (a) change the stated maturity of the
principal of, or any installment of interest on, any Note, (b) reduce the
principal amount of (or the premium) or interest on, any Note, (c) change the
place or currency of payment of principal of (or the premium) or interest on,
any Note, (d) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any
payment on or with respect to any Note, (e) reduce the above-stated
percentage of outstanding Notes necessary to modify or amend the Indenture,
(f) reduce the percentage of aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes
necessary for waiver of compliance with certain provisions of the Indenture
or for waiver of certain defaults, (g) modify any provisions of the Indenture
relating to the modification and amendment of the Indenture or the waiver of
past defaults or covenants, except as otherwise specified, (h) modify any  of
the provisions of the Indenture relating to  the subordination of the Notes
in a manner adverse to such holders, or (i) following the mailing of an offer
with respect to an Offer to Purchase


                                       47

<PAGE>

the Notes as described under "Limitation on Certain Asset Dispositions" and
"Change of Control," modify the Indenture with respect to such Offer to
Purchase in a manner adverse to such holders. (Sections 9.1, 9.2)

     The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding Notes may waive compliance by the Company with certain
restrictive provisions of the Indenture. (Section 9.2) The holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may waive any
past default under the Indenture, except a default in the payment of
principal, premium, if any, or interest. (Section 6.4)

REPORTS

     So long as the Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the
holders thereof such quarterly and  annual consolidated financial reports as
the Company is required to file with the Commission under the Exchange Act or
similar reports in the event the Company is not at the time required to file
such reports with the Commission. (Section 4.7)

THE TRUSTEE

     The Indenture provides that, except during the continuance of an Event
of Default, the Trustee will perform only such duties as are specifically set
forth in the Indenture. During the continuance of an Event of Default, the
Trustee will exercise such rights and powers vested in it under the Indenture
and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person
would exercise under the circumstances in the conduct of such person's own
affairs. (Section 7.1)

     The Indenture contains limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should
it become a creditor of the Company, to obtain payment of claims in certain
cases or to realize on certain property received by it in respect of any such
claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee is permitted to engage in other
transactions with the Company or any Affiliate;  PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if
it acquires any conflicting interest (as defined in the Indenture or in the
Trust Indenture Act), it must eliminate such conflict or resign.

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

     Set forth below is a summary of certain of the defined terms used in the
Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for the full definition of all
such terms, as well as any other terms used herein for which no definition is
provided. (Section 1.1)

     "Acquired Debt" means (i) Debt of a Person existing at the time such
Person was acquired (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) by the Company or
a Subsidiary of the Company, PROVIDED that such Debt was not incurred in
connection with or in contemplation of the acquisition of such Person and
(ii) every obligation of such Person issued as the deferred purchase price,
to the extent payable within one year, of property (but excluding trade
accounts payable or accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of
business).

     "Affiliate" of any Person means any other Person directly or indirectly
controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with
such Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with
respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies
of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of
voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and
"controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

     "Asset Disposition" by any Person means any transfer, conveyance, sale,
lease or other disposition by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries
(including a consolidation or merger or other sale of any such Subsidiary
with, into or to another Person in a transaction in which such Subsidiary
ceases to be a Subsidiary, but excluding a disposition by a Subsidiary of
such Person to such Person or a wholly owned Subsidiary of such Person or by
such Person to a wholly owned Subsidiary of such Person, and excluding the
creation of a lien, pledge or security interest) of (i) shares of Capital
Stock (other than directors' qualifying shares) or other ownership interests
of a Subsidiary of such Person, (ii) substantially all of the assets of such
Person or any of its Subsidiaries representing a division or line of business
or (iii) other assets or rights of such Person or any


                                       48

<PAGE>

of its Subsidiaries outside of the ordinary course of business, in any case
where the consideration received by such Person or a Subsidiary of such
Person exceeds $1 million.

     "Asset Exchange Transaction" means (i) any transaction pursuant to which
properties or assets of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company
constituting a paging system within a geographically identifiable area and
related properties and assets (an "Identifiable Paging System") or all of the
shares of Capital Stock of a Subsidiary of the Company, the properties and
assets of which constitute an Identifiable Paging System, are to be
exchanged  for  properties or assets  constituting  an Identifiable Paging
System of another Person or all of the shares of Capital Stock of another
Person the properties and assets of which constitute an Identifiable Paging
System or (ii) any transaction pursuant to which licenses for frequencies
(for purposes other than paging) or related agreements and related properties
or assets of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company ("Non-Paging
Licenses") or all of the shares of Capital Stock of a Subsidiary of the
Company, the properties and assets of which constitute Non-Paging Licenses,
are to be exchanged for properties or assets constituting Non-Paging Licenses
of another Person or all of the shares of Capital Stock of another Person the
 properties and assets of which constitute  Non-Paging Licenses.

     "Attributable Debt" in respect of a sale and leaseback means,  at  the
time of determination, the present  value (discounted at the interest rate
implicit in  the  lease, compounded semiannually) of the obligation of the
lessee of the property subject to such sale leaseback transaction for rental
payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such transaction
including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the
option of the lessor, be extended or until the earliest date on which the
lessee may terminate such lease without penalty or upon payment of penalty
(in which case the rental payments shall include such penalty), after
excluding all amounts required to be paid on account of maintenance and
repairs, insurance, taxes, assessments, water, utilities and similar charges.

     "Business Day" means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and
Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York
are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

     "Capital Expenditures" means, with respect to any Person for any period,
the aggregate of all direct and indirect expenditures (including capitalized
interest) of such Person during such period which are required to be included
in property, plant or equipment  or similar tangible property account,
including, without  limitation, additions to equipment  and  leasehold
improvements, on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its
Subsidiaries prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles.

      "Capital Lease Obligation" of any Person means  the obligation to pay
rent or other payment amounts under a lease of (or other Debt arrangements
conveying the right to use) real or personal property of such Person which is
required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease or a liability
on the face of a balance sheet of such Person in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. The stated maturity of such obligation shall
be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such
lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the
lessee without payment of a penalty.

     "Capital Stock" of any Person means any and all shares, interests,
participation  or  other  equivalents  (however designated) of corporate
stock of such Person.

     "Change of Control" means the occurrence of one or more of the following
events: (i) a person or entity or group (as that term is used in Section
13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) of persons or entities shall have become the
beneficial owner of a majority of the securities of the Company ordinarily
having the right to vote in the election of directors; (ii) during any
consecutive two-year period, individuals who at the beginning of such period
constituted the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any
directors who are members of such Board of Directors of the Company on the
date hereof and any new directors whose election by such Board of Directors
of the Company or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the
Company was approved by a vote of 6623% of the directors then still in office
who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election
or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason
to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company then in
office; (iii) any sale, lease, exchange


                                       49

<PAGE>

or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of
all, or substantially all, the assets of the Company to any person or entity
or group (as so defined) of persons, or entities (other than any wholly owned
Subsidiary of the Company); or (iv) the merger or consolidation of the
Company with or into another corporation or the merger of another corporation
into the Company with the effect that immediately after such transaction any
person or entity or group (as so defined) of persons or entities shall have
become the beneficial owner of securities of the surviving corporation of
such merger or consolidation representing a majority of the combined voting
power of the outstanding securities of the surviving corporation ordinarily
having the right to vote in the election of directors.

     "Common Stock" of any Person means Capital Stock of such Person that
does not rank prior, as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution
of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of such Person, to shares of Capital Stock of any other class of
such Person.

     "Consolidated Cash Flow" of any Person means for any period the
Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period increased by (i)
Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period, plus (ii) the
consolidated income tax expense of such  Person for such period, plus (iii)
the consolidated depreciation and amortization expense included in the income
statement of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such period,
plus (iv) other non-cash charges deducted from consolidated revenues in
determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, minus (v) non-cash items
increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period.

     "Consolidated Fixed Charges" of any Person means for any period
Consolidated Interest Expense plus Preferred  Stock dividends declared and
payable in cash.

     "Consolidated Interest Expense" of any Person means for any period  the
consolidated interest expense included  in  a consolidated income statement
(without deduction of interest income) of such Person and its consolidated
Subsidiaries for such period  determined  in accordance with  generally
accepted accounting  principles,  including  without  limitation  or
duplication (or, to the extent not so included, with the addition of), (i)
the amortization of Debt discounts; (ii) any payments of fees with respect to
letters of credit, bankers' acceptances or similar facilities; (iii) fees
with respect to interest rate swap or similar agreements or foreign currency
hedge, exchange or similar agreements, other than fees or charges related to
the acquisition or termination thereof which are not allocable to interest
expense in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; and (iv)
the interest component of Capital Lease Obligations.

     "Consolidated Net Income" of any Person means for any period the
consolidated net income (or loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries for
such period determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles; PROVIDED, that there shall be excluded therefrom (i) the net
income (but not the net loss) of any consolidated Subsidiary of such Person
which is subject to restrictions which prevent the payment of dividends and
the making of distributions (by loans, advances, intercompany transfers or
otherwise) to such Person to the extent of such restrictions, (ii) the net
income (or loss) of any Person that is not a consolidated Subsidiary of such
Person except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions
actually paid to  such Person by such other Person during such period, (iii)
gains or losses on Asset Dispositions by such Person or its consolidated
Subsidiaries and (iv) all extraordinary gains and extraordinary losses.

     "Consolidated Tangible Assets" of any Person means, at any date, on a
consolidated basis, the gross book value determined in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles of all its property both real and
personal, less (i) the net book value of all its licenses, patents, patent
applications, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, goodwill, non-compete
agreements or organizational  expenses  and  other  like  intangibles, (ii)
unamortized Debt discount and expense, (iii) all reserves for depreciation,
obsolescence, depletion and amortization of its properties and (iv) all
proper reserves which in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles should be provided in connection with the business conducted by
such Person.

     "Credit Facility" means the credit agreement dated as of June 30, 1994,
between the Company and The First National Bank of Chicago, as amended and
restated as of February 9, 1995, and further amended


                                       50

<PAGE>

as of June 12, 1995, and as the same may be amended  (including any amendment
and restatement thereof), modified, supplemented, restated or replaced from
time to time.

     "Debt" means (without duplication), with respect to any Person, whether
recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person, and whether or
not contingent, (i) every obligation of such Person for money borrowed, (ii)
every obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or
other similar instruments, (iii) every reimbursement obligation of such
Person with respect to letters of credit, bankers' acceptances or similar
facilities issued for the account of such Person, (iv) every obligation of
such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or
services (but excluding trade accounts payable or accrued liabilities arising
in the ordinary course of business), (v) every Capital Lease Obligation of
such Person, (vi) Attributable Debt of such Person, (vii) the maximum fixed
redemption or repurchase price of Redeemable Stock of such Person at the time
of determination, and (viii) every obligation of the type referred to in
clauses (i) through (vii) of another Person and all dividends of another
Person the payment of which, in either case, such Person has Guaranteed or
for which such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as
obligor, Guarantor or otherwise.

     "Free Cash Flow" of any Person means, for any period, Consolidated Cash
Flow of such Person minus Capital Expenditures of such Person for such period.

     "Guaranty" by any Person means any obligation, contingent or otherwise,
of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any
Debt of any other Person (the "primary obligor") in any manner, whether
directly or indirectly, and including, without limitation, any obligation of
such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the
purchase or payment of) such Debt or to purchase (or to advance or supply
funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such Debt, (ii) to
purchase property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the
holder of such Debt of the payment of such Debt, or (iii) to maintain working
capital, equity  capital or other financial statement condition  or liquidity
of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Debt
(and "Guaranteed," "Guaranteeing" and "Guarantor" shall have meanings
correlative to the foregoing); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Guaranty by any
Person shall not include endorsements by such Person for collection or
deposit, in either case, in the ordinary course of business.

     "Lien" means, with respect to any property or assets, any mortgage or
deed of trust, pledge, security interest, lien, charge, encumbrance of any
kind in respect of such properties or assets  or  other  security agreement
(including,  without limitation, any conditional sale or other title
retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of
the foregoing).

     "Net Available Proceeds" from any Asset Disposition by any Person means
cash or readily marketable cash equivalents received (including by way of
sale or discounting of a note, installment receivable  or other receivable,
but excluding  any  other consideration received in the form of assumption by
the acquiree of Debt or other obligations relating to such properties or
assets or received in any other noncash form) therefrom by such Person, net
of (i) all legal, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other
fees and expenses incurred and all federal, state, provincial, foreign and
local taxes required to be accrued as a liability as a consequence of such
Asset Disposition, (ii) all payments made by such Person or its Subsidiaries
on any Debt which is secured by such assets in accordance with the terms of
any Lien upon or with respect to such assets or which must by the terms of
such Lien, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset
Disposition or by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such
Asset Disposition, (iii) all distributions and  other payments made to
minority interest holders  in Subsidiaries of such Person or joint ventures
as a result of such Asset Disposition, and (iv) a reasonable reserve for  the
after-tax costs of any indemnification payments (fixed  or contingent)
attributable to the seller's indemnities to the purchaser undertaken by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with such Asset Disposition.

     "Permitted Deferred Payments" means Debt incurred by the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries in connection with the acquisitions of, and payable to
the sellers of, the paging assets of Americom, Gold Coast, Denton,
MetroTones, Lewis and the capital stock of Page East (provided that the
aggregate principal amount thereof does not exceed $12.7 million).


                                       51



<PAGE>

     "Permitted Liens" means: (i) Liens incurred and pledges and deposits
made in the ordinary course of business in connection with liability
insurance, workers' compensation, unemployment insurance, old-age pensions,
and other social security benefits other than in respect of employee benefit
plans subject to ERISA; (ii) Liens securing performance, surety, and appeal
bonds and other obligations of like nature incurred in the ordinary course of
business; (iii) Liens on goods and documents securing trade letters of
credit; (iv) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers', warehousemen's,
mechanics', materialmen's, and vendor's liens, incurred  in the ordinary
course of business and securing obligations which are not yet due or which
are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; (v) Liens
securing the payment of taxes, assessments, and governmental charges or
levies (a) either (1) not delinquent or (2) being contested in good faith by
appropriate legal or administrative proceedings and (b) as to which adequate
reserves shall have been established on the  books of the relevant
corporation in conformity with generally  accepted  accounting  principles;
(vi)  zoning restrictions, easements, rights of way, reciprocal easement
agreements,  operating agreements, covenants, conditions  or restrictions on
the use of any parcel of property that are routinely granted in real estate
transactions or do not interfere in any material respect with the ordinary
conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries or the value of
such property for the purpose of such business; (vii) purchase money Liens
upon any property or equipment acquired or held in the ordinary course of
business to secure Debt incurred prior to, at the time of, or within 60 days
after the acquisition of such property or equipment solely for the purpose of
financing the acquisition of such property or equipment; (viii) Liens on
property existing at the time such property is acquired and Liens on the
assets of any Subsidiary of the Company at the time such Subsidiary is
acquired, provided such Liens apply only to such acquired property; (ix)
Liens existing as of the date of the Indenture; (x) Liens securing Debt
incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the cost of
acquiring assets (whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or
otherwise), PROVIDED that such Debt is incurred prior to, at the time of, or
within 60 days after the acquisition of such assets solely for the purpose of
financing the acquisition of such assets in compliance with the provision
described under "Limitation on Consolidated Debt" covenant above; (xi) any
attachment or judgment Lien, unless the judgment it secures would constitute
an Event of Default; (xii) Liens with respect to assets of a Subsidiary
granted by such Subsidiary to the Company to secure Debt owing to the
Company; (xiii) right of banks to set off deposits against debts owed to said
banks; (xiv) any interest or title of a lessor in property of the Company or
a Subsidiary of the Company subject to any capitalized lease or operating
lease, as each are defined under generally accepted accounting principles;
(xv) other  Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, or the ownership of their assets
that do not materially detract from the value of the property of the Company
or a Subsidiary of the Company subject thereto; (xvi) Liens in addition to
the foregoing securing Debt not to exceed, together with Attributable Debt in
connection with sale-leaseback  transactions,  $500,000  in  the  aggregate
outstanding at any time; and (xvii) without limiting the ability of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries to create, incur, assume, or suffer to
exist any Lien otherwise permitted under any of the foregoing clauses, any
extension, renewal, or replacement, in whole or in part, of any Lien
described in the foregoing clauses; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any such
extension, renewal, or replacement Lien is limited to the property or assets
covered by the Lien extended, renewed, or replaced or substitute property or
assets, the value of which is determined by the Board of Directors of the
Company to be not materially greater than the value of the property or assets
for which the substitute property or assets are substituted.

     "Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation, trust or
unincorporated organization, and a government or agency or political
subdivision thereof.

     "Preferred Stock," as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means
Capital Stock of such Person of any class or classes (however designated)
that ranks prior, as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of
assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding
up of such Person, to shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such
Person.

     "Pro Forma Consolidated Cash Flow" of any Person means for any period
the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period calculated on a pro
forma basis to give effect to any Asset Disposition or acquisition of assets
not in the ordinary course of business (including acquisitions of other
Persons by merger, consolidation or purchase of Capital Stock) during such
period as if such Asset Disposition or acquisition had taken place on the
first day of such period.


                                       52

<PAGE>

     "Redeemable Stock" means any equity security that by its terms or
otherwise is required to be redeemed prior to the stated maturity of the
Notes, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof at any time prior
to the stated maturity of the Notes.

     "Refinancing Debt" means any Debt of the Company that renews, refunds or
extends any Debt of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, in any case
in an amount not to exceed the outstanding principal amount of the Debt so
refinanced plus the amount of any premium required to be paid in connection
with such refinancing pursuant to the terms of the debt refinanced or the
amount of any premium reasonably determined by the Company as necessary to
accomplish such refinancing by means of a tender offer or privately
negotiated repurchase, plus the expenses of the  Company incurred in
connection with such refinancing, PROVIDED that, (A) in the case of any
refinancing of the Notes or any pari passu Debt, such Refinancing Debt is
made pari passu or subordinate in right of payment to the Notes, (B) in the
case of any refinancing of Debt that is subordinate in right of payment to
the Notes, such Refinancing Debt is made subordinate in right of payment to
the Notes, and (C) such Refinancing Debt does not require the payment of all
or a portion of the principal thereof (whether pursuant to purchase,
redemption, repayment, defeasance, retirement, prepayment, sinking fund
payment, payment at stated maturity or otherwise) prior to the final
scheduled maturity of the Debt being renewed, refunded or extended.

     "Related Person" means any Person owning (i) 5% or more of the
outstanding Common Stock of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or
(ii) 5% or more of the Voting Stock of the Company or a Subsidiary of the
Company.

     "Senior Debt" means (i) the principal of (and premium, if any), interest
(including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in
bankruptcy or for reorganization relating  to the Company whether or not such
 claim  for post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding)  on,
penalties and any obligation of the Company for reimbursement, indemnities
and fees relating to, Debt outstanding pursuant to the Credit Facility, (ii)
all other Debt of the Company referred to in the definition of Debt other
than clauses (vii) and (viii) (with respect to clause (vii) of such
definition) thereof, (iii) payment obligations of the Company under interest
rate swap or similar agreements or foreign currency hedge, exchange or
similar agreements required by the Credit Facility, where the counterparty to
such agreement is a lender under the Credit Facility, and (iv) all renewals,
extensions, modifications, refinancings, refundings and amendments of any
Debt or payment obligations referred to in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above
(including, without limitation, any interest rate swap or similar agreements
or foreign currency hedge, exchange or  similar agreements that are entered
into by the Company for the purpose of  modifying,  terminating or hedging
any agreement  that constitutes Senior Debt under clause (iii) above whether
or not such modification, termination or hedge was required by the Credit
Facility and whether or not the counterparty to such agreement is a lender or
former lender under such Credit Facility), unless, in the case of any
particular Debt referred to above, (a) such Debt is owed to a Subsidiary of
the Company, (b) the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant
to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such Debt is not
superior in right of payment to the Notes, (c) such Debt is incurred in
violation of the Indenture, or (d) such Debt is by its terms subordinate in
right of payment in respect of any other Debt of the Company.

     "Subsidiary" of any Person means (i) a corporation more than 50% of the
outstanding Voting Stock of which is owned, directly or  indirectly, by such
Person or by one or more  other Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such
Person and one or more other Subsidiaries thereof or (ii) any other Person
(other than a corporation) in which such Person, or one or more  other
Subsidiaries of such Person or such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries
thereof, directly or indirectly, has at least a majority ownership and power
to direct the policies, management and affairs thereof; PROVIDED, that an
Unrestricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be a Subsidiary of the Company
for purposes of the Indenture.

     "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (i) any Subsidiary of the Company which
at the time of determination shall  be  an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as
designated by the Board of Directors of the Company, as provided below) and
(ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of
the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (other than as
provided below but including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary)
to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless  such Subsidiary owns any Capital
Stock of,

                                       53

<PAGE>

or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, any other Subsidiary of the
Company which is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or
otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary, PROVIDED, that (a) either (x) the
Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of $10,000 or less or (y)
immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Company could incur
$1.00 of additional Debt pursuant  to  the first paragraph of the
"Limitation  on Consolidated Debt" covenant and (b) immediately after giving
effect to such designation, the Company could make an additional Restricted
Payment of $1.00 pursuant to the first paragraph of the "Limitation of
Restricted Payments" covenant above; PROVIDED that the holders of Debt
thereof do not have direct or indirect recourse against the Company or any
Subsidiary of the Company and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the
Company otherwise has liability, for any payment obligations in respect of
such Debt. The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any
Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Subsidiary, PROVIDED, that immediately after
giving effect to such designation, the Company could incur $1.00 of
additional Debt pursuant to the first paragraph of the "Limitation on
Consolidated Debt" covenant. Any such designation by the Board of Directors
of the Company shall be evidenced by filing with the Trustee a certified copy
of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to
such designation and an Officers' Certificate certifying that such
designation complies with the foregoing conditions.

     "Voting Stock" of any Person means Capital Stock of such Person which
ordinarily has voting power for the election of directors (or persons
performing similar functions) of such Person, whether at all times or only so
long as no senior class of securities has such voting power by reason of any
contingency.

BOOK-ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM

     The certificates representing the Old Notes were issued, and the
certificates representing the New Notes will be issued, in fully registered
form, without coupons.  The Old Notes are represented  by a single, permanent
global certificate  in definitive, fully registered form without interest
coupons (the "Initial Global Note").  Except as described in the  next
paragraph, the New Notes initially will be represented by a single,
permanent global certificate in definitive,  fully registered form (the
"Global Note") and will be deposited with, or on behalf of, the DTC, and
registered in the name of Cede & Co., as the DTC's nominee or will remain in
the custody of the Trustee pursuant to a FAST Balance Certificate Agreement
between the DTC and the Trustee. If any holder of Old Notes whose interest in
such Old Notes is represented by the Initial Global Note fails to tender in
the Exchange Offer, the Company may issue and deliver to such holder a
separate certificate representing such holder's Old Notes in registered form
without interest coupons.

     New Notes exchanged for Old Notes originally purchased by or transferred
to (i) institutional "accredited investors" (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1),
(2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) who are not "qualified
institutional buyers" (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act)
("QIBs") or (ii) QIBs who elect  to  take  physical delivery of  their
certificates (collectively, "Non-Global Purchasers") will be  issued  in
registered form without interest coupons (the "Certificated Notes"). Upon the
transfer to a QIB of Certificated Notes initially issued to a Non-Global
Purchaser, such Certificated Notes will, unless the transferee requests
otherwise or the Global  Note has previously been exchanged in  whole  for
Certificated Notes, be exchanged for an interest in the Global Note.

     The DTC has advised the Company that it is a limited-purpose trust
company that was created to hold securities for its participating
organizations (collectively, the "Participants" or the "Depository's
Participants") and to facilitate the clearance and  settlement of
transactions in such securities between Participants through electronic
book-entry changes in accounts of its  Participants.  The  Depository's
Participants  include securities brokers and dealers, banks and trust
companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to
the Depository's system is also available to other entities such as banks,
brokers, dealers and trust companies (collectively, the "Indirect
Participants"  or  the  "Depository's  Indirect Participants") that clear
through or maintain a  custodial relationship with a Participant, either
directly or indirectly. Persons who are not Participants may beneficially own
securities held by or on behalf of the Depository only thorough the
Depository's  Participants  or  the  Depository's  Indirect Participants.

     The Company has been advised by the Depository that (i) upon deposit of
the Global Note, the Depository credited the accounts of Participants
designated by the initial purchasers of the Old Notes with


                                       54

<PAGE>

portions of the principal amount of the Global Note and (ii) ownership of the
Notes evidenced by the Global Note is shown on, and the transfer of ownership
thereof will be effected only through, records maintained by the Depository
(with respect to  the  interests of the Depository's Participants),  the
Depository's  Participants  and  the  Depository's  Indirect Participants.
Prospective purchasers are advised that the laws of some states require that
certain persons take physical delivery in definitive form of securities that
they own. Consequently, the ability to transfer Notes evidenced by the Global
Note will be limited to such extent.

     So long as the Global Note holder is the registered owner of any Notes,
the Global Note holder will be considered the sole holder under the Indenture
of any Notes evidenced by the Global Note. Beneficial owners of Notes
evidenced by the Global Note will not be considered the owners or holders
thereof under the Indenture for any purpose, including with respect to the
giving of any directions, instructions or approvals to the Trustee
thereunder. Neither the Company nor the Trustee will have any responsibility
or liability for any aspect of the records of the Depository or for
maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of the Depository relating
to the Notes.

     Payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest
on any Notes registered in the name of the Global Note holder on the
applicable record date will be payable by the Trustee to or at the direction
of the Global Note holder in its capacity as the registered holder under the
Indenture. Under the terms of the Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may
treat the persons in whose names the Notes, including the Global Note, are
registered as the owners thereof for the purpose of receiving such payments.
Consequently, neither the Company nor the Trustee has or will have any
responsibility or liability for the payment of such amounts to beneficial
owners of the Notes (including principal, premium, if any, or interest). The
Company believes, however, that it is currently the policy of the Depository
to immediately credit the accounts of the relevant Participants with such
payments, in amounts proportionate to their respective holdings of beneficial
interests in the relevant security as shown on the records of the Depository.
Payments by  the Depository's  Participants  and  the  Depository's  Indirect
Participants to the beneficial owners of the Notes will be governed by
standing instructions and customary practice and will be the responsibility
of the Depository's Participants or the Depository's Indirect Participants.

CERTIFICATED SECURITIES

      Subject to certain conditions, any person having  a beneficial interest
in the Global Note may, upon request to the Trustee, exchange such beneficial
interest for Notes in the form of Certificated Securities. Upon any such
issuance, the Trustee is required to register such Certificated Notes in the
name of, and cause the same to be delivered to, such person or persons (or
the nominee of any thereof). In addition, if (i) the Company notifies the
Trustee in writing that the Depository is no longer willing or able to act as
a depository and the Company is unable to locate a qualified successor within
90 days or (ii) the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing
that it elects to cause the issuance of Notes in the form of Certificated
Notes under the Indenture, then, upon surrender by the Global Note holder of
its Global Note, Notes in such form will be issued to each person that the
Global Note holder and the Depository identify as being the beneficial owner
of the related Notes.

     Neither the Company nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay by the
Global Note holder or the Depository in identifying the beneficial owners of
Notes and the Company and the Trustee may conclusively rely on, and will be
protected in relying on, instructions from the Global Note holder or the
Depository for all purposes.

SAME-DAY SETTLEMENT AND PAYMENT

     The Indenture will require that payments in respect of the Notes
(including principal, premium, if any, and interest) be made in immediately
available funds.


                                       55

<PAGE>

EXCHANGE OFFER; REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

     The Old Notes were sold by the Company on June 15, 1995 in a private
placement.  In connection with that placement, the Company entered into the
Registration Rights Agreement with the initial purchasers of the Old Notes on
or prior to the date of issuance of the Old Notes (the "Issue Date"). The
summary herein of certain provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement
does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its
entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreement, a copy of which is available upon request to the Company.

     Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company agreed,
within 30 days after the Issue Date, to file with the Commission and use its
best reasonable efforts to cause to become effective within 105 days after
the Issue Date a registration statement (the "Exchange Offer Registration
Statement") with respect to the issue of the New Notes and, upon becoming
effective, to offer the holders of the Old Notes the opportunity to exchange
their Old Notes for the New Notes. The Company will keep the Exchange Offer
open for not less than 30 days (or longer if required by applicable law)
after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to the holders of Old
Notes. For each Old Note surrendered to the Company pursuant to the Exchange
Offer, the holder of such Old Note will receive a New Note having a principal
amount equal to that of the surrendered Old Note. Interest on each New Note
will accrue from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on
the Old Note surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been
paid on such Old Note, from the date of its original issue.

     The New Notes will be issued (i) under the Indenture or (ii) under an
indenture substantially similar to the Indenture, which, in either event,
will provide that the New Notes will not be subject to transfer restrictions
and that the New Notes and the Old Notes of the corresponding series will
vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that neither the
New Notes nor the Old Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a
separate class on any matter.

     The Company will be entitled to close the Exchange Offer provided that
it has accepted all Old Notes theretofore validly tendered in accordance with
the terms of the Exchange Offer. Old Notes not tendered in the Exchange Offer
shall bear interest at the same rates as in effect at the time of issuance of
the Old Notes.

     Under current Commission interpretations, the New Notes will in general
be freely transferable after the Exchange Offer without further registration
under the Securities Act, provided that broker-dealers ("Participating
Broker-Dealers") receiving New Notes in the Exchange Offer will have a
prospectus delivery requirement with respect to resales of such New Notes.
The Commission  has  taken  the  position  that  Participating Broker-Dealers
may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to the New
Notes (other than a resale of an unsold allotment from the original sale of
the Old Notes) with the prospectus  contained  in the Exchange  Offer
Registration Statement. Under the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company
is required to allow Participating Broker-Dealers and other persons, if any,
with similar prospectus delivery requirements to use the prospectus contained
in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in connection with the resale of
such New Notes. However, any Purchaser of Old Notes who is an "affiliate" of
the Company or who intends to participate in the Exchange Offer for the
purpose of distributing the New Notes (i) will not be able to rely on the
interpretations of the Commission; (ii) will not be able to tender its Old
Notes in the Exchange Offer; and (iii) must comply with the registration and
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any
sale or transfer of the Old Notes unless such sale or transfer is made
pursuant to an exemption from such requirements.

     Each holder of the Old Notes (other than certain specified holders) who
wishes to exchange Old Notes for New Notes in the Exchange Offer will be
required to represent that (i) it is not an affiliate of the Company; (ii)
any New Notes to be received by it were acquired in the ordinary course of
its business; and (iii) at the time of commencement of the Exchange Offer, it
has no arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution (within
the meaning of the Securities Act) of the New Notes. In addition, in
connection with any resale of New Notes, any broker-dealer who acquired the
Old Notes for its own account as a result of market-making activities or
other trading activities must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements
of the Securities Act (which may be this Prospectus).


                                       56

<PAGE>

     The Company has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange
Offer and will indemnify the initial purchasers of the Old Notes against
certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

     In the event that, due to any change in law or the current
interpretations of the Commission, the Company is not permitted to effect
such Exchange Offer, or if for any reason the Exchange Offer is not
consummated within 105 days after the Issue Date, or upon the request of any
initial purchaser of the Old Notes (under certain circumstances), the Company
will, at its cost, within 30 days after the date of such change in law or
interpretations of the Commission (the "Exchange Offering Determination
Date"), file a registration statement covering resales of Old Notes (a "Shelf
Registration Statement") and will use its best reasonable efforts to cause
such Shelf Registration Statement to become effective within 105 days after
the Exchange Offer Determination Date and to keep such Shelf Registration
Statement effective for three years from the effective date thereof. The
Company shall, in the event of a shelf registration, provide to each holder
of the Old Notes copies of the prospectus which is a part of the Shelf
Registration Statement, notify each such holder when the Shelf Registration
Statement has become effective and take certain other actions as are required
to permit unrestricted resales of the Old Notes. The Company shall have the
right under certain circumstances to restrict the use of such prospectus upon
notice to the holders of the Old Notes (a "Suspension Event Notice"). A
holder that sells Old Notes pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement
generally will be required to be named as a selling security holder in the
related prospectus and to deliver a current prospectus to purchasers, will be
subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act
in connection with such sales and will be bound by the provisions of the
Registration Rights Agreement which  are applicable to such a holder
(including certain indemnification obligations).

     If the Company fails to comply with the above provisions, additional
interest (the "Additional Interest") shall be assessed as follows:

          (i)  if the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf
     Registration Statement is not filed within 30 days following the Issue
     Date or the Exchange Offer Determination Date, as the case may be, then
     commencing on the 31st day after the Issue Date or the Exchange Offer
     Determination Date, as the case may be, Additional Interest shall be
     accrued on the Old Notes over and above the stated interest at a rate
     of 0.50% per annum for the first 90 days immediately following the 30th
     day after the Issue Date or the Exchange Offer Determination Date, as
     the case may be, such Additional Interest rate increasing by an
     additional 0.25% per annum at the beginning of each subsequent 90-day
     period;

          (ii) if an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf
     Registration Statement is filed pursuant to clause (i) above but is not
     declared effective within 105 days following the Issue Date or the
     Exchange Offer Determination Date, as the case may be, then commencing on
     the 106th day after the Issue Date or the Exchange Offer Determination
     Date, as the case may be, Additional Interest shall be     accrued on the
     Old Notes over and above the stated interest at a rate of 0.50% per annum
     for the first 90 days immediately following the 105th day after the Issue
     Date or the Exchange Offer Determination Date, as the case may be, such
     Additional Interest rate increasing by an additional 0.25% per annum at
     the beginning of each subsequent 90-day period; and

          (iii) if (A) the Exchange Offer is not consummated  within
     30 days following the effective date of the Exchange  Offer Registration
     Statement or (B) the Shelf Registration  Statement ceases to be effective
     or the prospectus which is  a part thereof cannot be used as a result of
     a Suspension  Event Notice for a period of more than 90 days prior to
     three  years from its original effective  date,  then  Additional
     Interest shall be accrued on the Old Notes over  and above the stated
     interest at a rate of 0.50% per annum  for the first 60 days immediately
     following (x) the 30 days  after the effective date of the Exchange Offer
     Registration  Statement, in the case of (A) above, or (y) the day such
     Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective or a  Suspension
     Event has lasted for more than 90 days in the  case of (B) above, such
     Additional Interest rate increasing  by an additional 0.25% per annum at
     the beginning of each  subsequent 60-day period;

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Additional Interest rate on the Old Notes may not
exceed 1.00% per annum; and, PROVIDED, FURTHER, that (1) upon the filing of
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf


                                       57

<PAGE>

Registration Statement (in case of clause (i) above), (2) upon the
effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf
Registration Statement (in the case of clause (ii) above), (3) upon the
consummation of the Exchange Offer (in the case of clause (iii) (A) above),
or (4) upon the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement that had
ceased to remain effective prior to three years from its original effective
date or the end of the Suspension Event (in the case of clause (iii) (B)
above), Additional Interest on the Old Notes as a result of such clause (i),
(ii) or (iii) shall cease to accrue.


                                       58

<PAGE>
                             PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     Based on an interpretation by the Commission's staff set forth in
no-action letters issued to third parties unrelated to the Company, the
Company believes that, with the exceptions set forth below, New Notes issued
pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Old Notes may be offered for
resale, resold and otherwise transferred by any person receiving such New
Notes, whether or not such person is the holder (other than any such holder
or such other person which is an "affiliate" of the Company within the
meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the
registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act,
provided that the New Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of business
of the holder or such other person and neither the holder nor such other
person has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in
the distribution of such New Notes. The Company, however, has not sought, and
does not intend to seek, its own no-action letter and there can be no
assurance that the Commission's staff would make a similar determination with
respect to the Exchange Offer. Any holder who tenders in the Exchange Offer
for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the New Notes cannot
rely on this interpretation by the Commission's staff and must comply with
the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act
in connection with a secondary resale transaction.

     Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account in
exchange for Old Notes, where the Old Notes were acquired by that
broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection
with any resale of such New Notes. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection
with resales of New Notes received in exchange for Old Notes where such Old
Notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities. The Company has agreed that it will make this Prospectus, as
amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection
with any such resale for such period of time as such persons must comply with
such requirements in order to resell the New Notes.

     The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of New Notes by
broker-dealers. New Notes received by broker-dealers for their own account
pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more
transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions,
through the writing of options on the New Notes or a combination of such
methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at
prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices.  Any
such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or
dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or
concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such New
Notes.  Any broker-dealer that resells New Notes that were received by it for
its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that
participates in a distribution of such New Notes may be deemed to be an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act, and any profit on any
such resale of New Notes and any commissions or concessions received by any
such persons may  be deemed to be underwriting compensation under  the
Securities Act.  The Letter of Transmittal states that by acknowledging  that
it will deliver and by  delivering  a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be
deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the
Securities Act.

     The Company will promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and
any amendment or supplement to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that
requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal for such period of time
as such persons must comply with such requirements in order to resell the New
Notes.  The Company has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange
Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holders of the Notes)
other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers.

                                LEGAL MATTERS

     The validity of the New Notes offered hereby will be passed upon for the
Company by Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., Dallas, Texas.


                                       59

<PAGE>

                                   EXPERTS

     The consolidated financial statements of ProNet Inc. for the three years
ended December 31, 1994, appearing in ProNet Inc.'s Annual Report on Form
10-K have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP,  independent auditors, as
indicated in their report thereon included therein. Such
consolidated financial statements are incorporated herein by reference in
reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firm as experts in
accounting and auditing.

     The combined financial statements of Contact Communications, Inc.
appearing in one of the documents incorporated herein by reference to the
extent and for the periods indicated in their report have been audited by
Hiltzik, Schneider, Ehrlich & Wengrover, independent public accountants, as
indicated in their report incorporated by reference herein upon the authority
of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

     The combined financial statements of Radio Call Company, Inc. appearing
in one of the documents incorporated herein by reference have been audited by
Cummings & Carroll,  P.C., independent public accountants, as indicated in
their report incorporated by reference herein upon the authority of such firm
as experts in accounting and auditing.

     The financial statements of the RCC Division of Chicago Communication
Service, Inc. appearing in one of the documents incorporated herein by
reference to the extent and for the periods  indicated in their report have
been  audited  by Natarelli & Associates, independent public accountants,  as
indicated in their report incorporated by reference herein upon the authority
of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

     The financial statements of All City Communication Company, Inc.
appearing in one of the documents incorporated herein by reference to the
extent and for the periods indicated in their report have been audited by
Winter, Kloman, Moter & Repp, S.C., independent public accountants, as
indicated in their report incorporated by reference herein upon the authority
of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

     The financial statements of Signet Paging of Charlotte, Inc. appearing
in one of the documents incorporated herein  by reference  have  been audited
by Greer & Walker,  L.L.P., independent public accountants, as indicated in
their report incorporated by reference herein upon the authority of such firm
as experts in accounting and auditing.

     The financial statements of Metropolitan Houston Paging Services, Inc.
appearing in one of the documents incorporated herein by reference to the
extent and for the periods indicated in their report have been audited by
Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, as indicated in their
report incorporated by reference herein upon the authority of such firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.

     The financial statements of Americom Paging Corporation as of December 31,
1994, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 1994,
have been incorporated by reference in reliance upon the report of KPMG Peat
Marwick LLP, independent certified public accountants, incorporated by reference
herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and
auditing.

     The report of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP covering the December 31, 1994,
financial statements contains an explanatory paragraph that states that the
Company's recurring losses from operations and net capital deficiency raise
substantial doubt about the entity's ability to continue as a going concern.
These financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result
from the outcome of this uncertainty.

     The financial statements of Paging and Cellular of Texas (a sole
proprietorship) appearing in one of the documents incorporated herein by
reference to the extent and for the periods indicated in their report have
been audited by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent public accountants, as
indicated in their report incorporated by reference herein in reliance upon
such report given upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting
and auditing.


     The financial statements of Apple Communication, Inc., SigNet of
Raleigh, Inc., Cobbwells, Inc. d/b/a Page One Messaging Services, A.G.R.
Electronics, Inc. and affiliates and Nationwide Paging, Inc. and the
statement of assets to be acquired of RCS Paging, a division of Reisenweaver
Communications, Inc., appearing in one of the documents incorporated herein
by reference to the extent and for the periods indicated in their reports
have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors as indicated in
their reports thereon included therein. Such financial statements are
incorporated herein by reference in reliance upon such reports given upon the
authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


                                       60

<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------

    NO  DEALER, SALESMAN  OR ANY  OTHER PERSON HAS  BEEN AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR  TO  MAKE  ANY  REPRESENTATIONS OTHER  THAN  THOSE  CONTAINED  OR
INCORPORATED  BY REFERENCE IN THIS PROSPECTUS  IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER MADE
BY THIS PROSPECTUS AND,  IF GIVEN OR MADE,  SUCH INFORMATION OR  REPRESENTATIONS
MUST  NOT BE  RELIED UPON  AS HAVING BEEN  AUTHORIZED BY  THE COMPANY  OR BY ANY
INITIAL PURCHASER OF THE OLD NOTES. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER
OF ANY SECURITIES OTHER THAN THOSE TO WHICH IT RELATES OR AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, TO ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE SUCH AN
OFFER OR SOLICITATION WOULD BE UNLAWFUL. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS
NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES CREATE AN  IMPLICATION
THAT  THERE HAS  BEEN NO  CHANGE IN THE  AFFAIRS OF  THE COMPANY  SINCE THE DATE
HEREOF.

                            ------------------------

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PAGE
                                                    -----
<S>                                              <C>
Available Information..........................           2
Incorporation of Certain Documents by
 Reference.....................................           2
Summary........................................           4
Risk Factors...................................          15
Use of Proceeds................................          18
Capitalization.................................          19
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
 Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations....................................          20
Description of Credit Facility.................          29
The Exchange Offer.............................          30
Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations......          37
Description of New Notes.......................          38
Plan of Distribution...........................          59
Legal matters..................................          59
Experts........................................          60
</TABLE>

                                  $100,000,000

                                  PRONET INC.

                          11 7/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED
                                 NOTES DUE 2005

                             ---------------------

                                   PROSPECTUS

   
                                OCTOBER 5, 1995
    

                             ---------------------

- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

                                   PART II

                   INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

     Article Six of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
provides that the Registrant shall indemnify its officers and directors to
the maximum extent allowed by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Pursuant
to Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant
generally has the power to indemnify its present and former directors against
expenses and liabilities incurred by them in connection with any suit to
which they are, or are threatened to be made, a party by reason of their
serving in those positions so long as they acted in good faith and in a
manner they reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best
interests of the Registrant, and with respect to any criminal action, so long
as they had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. With
respect to suits by or in the right of the Registrant, however,
indemnification is generally limited to attorneys' fees and other expenses
and is not available if the person is adjudged to be liable to the
Registrant, unless the court determines that indemnification is appropriate.
The statute expressly provides that the power to indemnify authorized thereby
is not exclusive of any rights granted under any bylaw, agreement, vote of
stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. The Registrant also
has the power to purchase and maintain insurance for its directors and
officers and has purchased a policy providing such insurance.

     The preceding discussion of the Registrant's Certificate of
Incorporation and Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law is not
intended to be exhaustive and is qualified in its entirety by the Certificate
of Incorporation and Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

     The Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with the
Registrant's directors and officers. Pursuant to such agreements, the
Registrant will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify such
persons against all expenses, judgments, fines and penalties incurred in
connection with the defense or settlement of any actions brought against them
by reason of the fact that they were directors or officers of the Registrant
or assumed certain responsibilities at the direction of the Registrant.

ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

EXHIBIT
NUMBER  DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBITS
- ------  -----------------------

  3.1  --  Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated July 31, 1987.
  3.2  --  Certificate of Designation of Series A Junior
           Participating Preferred Stock dated April 11, 1995
           (filed as part of the Registrant's Registration
           Statement on Form 8-A dated April 7, 1995, and
           incorporated herein by reference).
  3.3  --  Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of
           Incorporation dated June 12, 1995 (filed as an
           exhibit to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K,
           dated July 5, 1995, and incorporated herein by
           reference).
  3.4  --  Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended (filed as an
           exhibit to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated
           April 7, 1995, and incorporated herein by reference).
  4.1  --  Indenture, dated as of June 15, 1995, between the
           Registrant and First Interstate Bank of Texas, N.A.,
           as Trustee (filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's
           Current Report on Form 8-K, dated July 5, 1995,
           and incorporated herein by reference).
  4.2  --  Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 15,
           1995, between the Registrant, Lehman Brothers, Inc.,
           Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated and PaineWebber
           Incorporated.*
  4.3  --  Rights Agreement, dated as of April 5, 1995,
           between the Registrant and Chemical Shareholder
           Services Group, Inc., as Rights Agent, specifying
           the terms of the rights to purchase the Registrant's
           Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, and
           the exhibits thereto (filed as an exhibit to the
           Registrant's Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated
           April 7, 1995, and incorporated herein by reference).



<PAGE>

EXHIBIT
NUMBER  DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBITS
- ------  -----------------------
  5.1  --  Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.*
 10.1  --  Agreement dated June 15, 1988, between the Registrant
           and Texas Instruments Incorporated for the
           acquisition of assets including the use of patents,
           technology and software related to ProNet Tracking
           Systems (filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's
           Current Report on Form 8-K, dated July 21, 1988,
           and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.2  --  Office/Showroom/Warehouse Lease Agreement dated
           January 2, 1990, between the Registrant and Dal-Mac
           Westridge I, Ltd., as amended (filed as an exhibit
           to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
           year ended December 31, 1990, and incorporated
           herein by reference).
 10.3  --  Stock Purchase Agreement dated September 24, 1993,
           by and between the Registrant and Contact
           Communications, Inc. (filed as an exhibit to the
           Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March
           1, 1994, and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.4  --  Amendment Letter No. One to Stock Purchase
           Agreement dated October 20, 1993, by and between
           the Registrant and Contact Communications, Inc. (filed
           as an exhibit to the Registrant's Current Report on
           Form 8-K, dated March 1, 1994, and incorporated
           herein by reference).
 10.5  --  Amendment Letter No. Two to Stock Purchase
           Agreement dated January 4, 1994, by and between the
           Registrant and Contact Communications, Inc. (filed as
           an exhibit to the Registrant's Current Report on Form
           8-K, dated March 1, 1994, and incorporated herein
           by reference).
 10.6  --  Amendment Letter No. Three to Stock Purchase
           Agreement dated March 1, 1994, by and between the
           Registrant and Contact Communications, Inc. (filed as
           an exhibit to the Registrant's Current Report on Form
           8-K, dated March 1, 1994, and incorporated herein
           by reference).
 10.7  --  Asset Purchase Agreement dated March 22, 1994, by
           and among the Registrant, Radio Call Company, Inc., a
           New York corporation, MRN Communications, Inc., a
           New York corporation, Radio Call Co. of N.J., Inc.,
           a New Jersey corporation and Marvin R. Neuwirth
           (filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Current
           Report on Form 8-K, dated August 5, 1994, and
           incorporated herein by reference).
 10.8  --  Asset Purchase Agreement dated May 5, 1994, by and
           among the Registrant, Chicago Communication Service,
           Inc., an Illinois corporation, Gerald C. Bear,
           Gerald C. Bear, Trustee of the Lewis Bear Trust,
           Leo Magiera and Gerald Manikowski (filed as an
           exhibit to the Registrant's Current Report on Form
           8-K, dated August 5, 1994, and incorporated herein by
           reference).
 10.9  --  Asset Purchase Agreement dated June 30, 1994, by
           and among the Registrant, All City Communication
           Company, Inc., Robert J. von Bereghy, Maurice S.
           Meyers, Martin T. Franke, Virginia Franke, Personal
           Representative of the estate of Martin K. Franke
           and Cove Communications of Wisconsin, Inc. (filed
           as an exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on
           Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30,
           1994, and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.10  -- Amendment Agreement dated July 29, 1994, by and
           among the Registrant, Radio Call Company, Inc., a New
           York corporation, MRN Communications, Inc., a New
           York corporation, Radio Call Co. of N.J., Inc., a
           New Jersey corporation and Marvin R. Neuwirth
           (filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Current
           Report on Form 8-K, dated August 5, 1994, and
           incorporated herein by reference).
 10.11  -- Amendment Agreement dated August 1, 1994, by and
           among the Registrant, All City Communication Company,
           Inc., Robert J. von Bereghy, Maurice S. Meyers,
           Martin T. Franke, Virginia Franke, Personal
           Representative of the estate of Martin K. Franke
           and Cove Communications of Wisconsin, Inc. (filed
           as an exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on
           Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30,
           1994, and incorporated herein by reference).

                                     II-2

<PAGE>

EXHIBIT
NUMBER  DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBITS
- ------  -----------------------
 10.12  -- Stock Purchase Agreement dated April 20, 1994,
           regarding the acquisition of the outstanding
           capital stock of Metropolitan Houston Paging
           Services, Inc., ("Metro Houston") by and among
           Contact Communications Inc., Metro Houston and the
           shareholders of Metro Houston (filed as an exhibit
           to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
           fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1995, and incorporated
           herein by reference).
 10.13  -- Form of PS-58 Split Dollar Agreement between the
           Registrant and each of its executive officers (filed
           as an exhibit to the Registrant's Registration
           Statement on Form S-2 (File No. 33-85696) filed
           with the Commission on October 28, 1994, and
           incorporated herein by reference).
 10.14  -- Asset Purchase Agreement dated November 30, 1994,
           among Signet Paging of Charlotte, Inc., Eileen L.
           Knight, John R. Knight, Sr., John R. Knight, Jr.
           and Contact Communications Inc. (filed as an
           exhibit to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant's
           Registration Statement on Form S-2 (File No. 33-
           85696) filed with the Commission on December 14,
           1994, and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.15  -- Employment Agreement dated May 18, 1994, by and
           between the Registrant and Jackie R. Kimzey (filed as
           an exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on
           Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30,
           1994, and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.16  -- Employment Agreement dated May 18, 1994, by and
           between the Registrant and David J. Vucina (filed as
           an exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on
           Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30,
           1994, and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.17  -- Change in Control Agreement dated May 18, 1994, by
           and between the Registrant and Bo Bernard (filed as an
           exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form
           10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1994,
           and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.18  -- Change in Control Agreement dated May 18, 1994, by
           and between the Registrant and Jan E. Gaulding (filed
           as an exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on
           Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30,
           1994, and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.19  -- Change in Control Agreement dated May 18, 1994, by
           and between the Registrant and Jeffery Owens (filed as
           an exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on
           Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30,
           1994, and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.20  -- Change in Control Agreement dated January 17, 1995,
           by and between the Registrant and Mark A. Solls (filed
           as an exhibit to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K
           for the year ended December 31, 1994, and incorporated
           herein by reference).
 10.21  -- Asset Purchase Agreement dated May 24, 1995,
           regarding the acquisition of substantially all of
           the paging assets of Americom Paging Corporation,
           by and among the Registrant, Gregory W. Hadley, Mo
           Shebaclo and American 900 Paging, Inc. dba Americom
           Paging Corporation (filed as an exhibit to the
           Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated July 7, 1995,
           and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.22  -- Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated
           February 9, 1995, by and among the Registrant, The
           First National Bank of Chicago, as Agent, and the
           Lenders party thereto (filed as an exhibit to the
           Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
           ended December 31, 1994, and incorporated herein by
           reference).
 10.23  -- Waiver, Consent and Amendment No. 1 dated as of
           June 12, 1995 by and among the Registrant, The First
           National Bank of Chicago, as Agent, and the Lenders
           party thereto.*


                                     II-3

<PAGE>

EXHIBIT
NUMBER  DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBITS
- ------  -----------------------
 10.24  -- Letter of Agreement dated March 31, 1995, regarding
           the acquisition of substantially all of the common
           stock of Lewis Paging Inc., by and among the
           Registrant and Terry W. Lewis (filed as an exhibit to
           the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
           fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1995, and incorporated
           herein by reference).
 10.25  -- Office Lease Agreement by and between the Registrant
           and Carter-Crowley Properties, Inc., as Landlord
           (filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Current Report
           on Form 8-K, dated July 5, 1995, and incorporated herein
           by reference).
   
 10.26  -- Asset Purchase Agreement dated September 27, 1995, regarding
           the acquisition of substantially all of the paging assets of
           SigNet Paging of Raleigh, Inc., by and among CCI, Signet
           Paging of Raleigh, Inc., and W. David Sweatt.*
    
 10.27  -- Letter of Agreement dated July 10, 1995, regarding the
           acquisition of the common stock of Apple Communication,
           Inc. and certain assets of Best Page, Inc., by and among
           Apple Communication, Inc., Best Page, Inc., CCI,
           Sam Zarcone and Jill DiFoggio (filed as an exhibit to
           the Registrant's Registration Statement of Form S-3
           (file no. 33-61279) filed with the Commission July 25,
           1995, and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.28  -- Letter of Agreement dated August 2, 1995, regarding the
           acquisition of substantially all of the paging assets of
           Paging and Cellular of Texas, by and among CCI, Paging and
           Cellular of Texas and Daniel L. Sheppard (filed as an exhibit
           to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal
           quarter ended June 30, 1995 , and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.29  -- Letter of Agreement dated August 7, 1995, regarding the
           acquisition of substantially all of the paging assets of
           Cobbwells, Inc. dba Page One Communications, by and among CCI,
           Cobbwells, Inc. dba Page One Communications, James H.
           Cobb, III and Warren K. Wells (filed as an exhibit to the
           Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter
           ended June 30, 1995, and incorporated herein by reference).
 12.1   -- Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.*
 22.1   -- Subsidiaries of the Registrant (filed as an exhibit to
           the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
           year ended December 31, 1994, and incorporated
           herein by reference).
 23.1   -- Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (set forth in
           Exhibit 5.1).
 23.2   -- Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.
 23.3   -- Consent of Hiltzik, Schneider, Ehrlich & Wengrover,
           Independent Public Accountants.
 23.4   -- Consent of Cummings & Carroll, P.C., Independent
           Public Accountants.
 23.5   -- Consent of Natarelli & Associates, Independent
           Public Accountants.
 23.6   -- Consent of Winter, Kloman, Moler & Repp, S.P.,
           Independent Public Accountants.
 23.7   -- Consent of Greer & Walker, L.L.P., Independent
           Public Accountants.
 23.8   -- Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP, Independent Public
           Accountants.
 23.9   -- Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, Independent
           Public Accountants.
 23.10  -- Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, Independent
           Public Accountants.
 24.1   -- Powers of Attorney (set forth on signature page).
 25.1   -- Form T-1 of First Interstate Bank of Texas, N.A.*
 99.1   -- Form of Letter of Transmittal.*
 99.2   -- Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.*
- ---------------
* Previously filed.
                                     II-4

<PAGE>

ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS.

     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

     (1) to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made,
a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement:

     (i) to include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the
Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act");

     (ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the
effective date of this Registration Statement (or the most recent
post-effective amendment hereof) which, individually or in the aggregate,
represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in this
Registration Statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or
decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of
securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any
deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range
may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission pursuant to rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes
in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum
aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee"
table in this Registration Statement when it becomes effective;

     (iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of
distribution not previously disclosed in this Registration Statement or any
material change to such information in this Registration Statement;

     PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(ii) do not apply
if this Registration Statement is on Form S-3 or Form S-8, and the
information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those
paragraphs is contained in periodic reports filed by the Registrant pursuant
to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the
"Exchange Act") that are incorporated by reference in this Registration
Statement.

     (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a
new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and
the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the
initial bona fide offering thereof.

     (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination
of the offering.

     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of
determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the
Registrant's annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the
Exchange Act that is incorporated by reference in this Registration Statement
shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim
for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless
in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

                                     II-5

<PAGE>

     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to deliver or cause to be
delivered with the prospectus, to each person to whom the prospectus is sent
or given, the latest annual report to security holders that is incorporated
by reference in the prospectus and furnished pursuant to and meeting the
requirements of Rule 14a-3 and Rule 14c-3 under the Exchange Act; and, where
interim financial information required to be presented by Article 3 of
Regulation S-X is not set forth in the prospectus, to deliver, or cause to be
delivered to each person to whom the prospectus is sent or given, the latest
quarterly report that is specifically incorporated by reference in the
prospectus to provide such interim financial information.

     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to file an application for
the purpose of determining the eligibility of the trustee to act under
subsection (a) of Section 310 of the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with
the rules and regulations prescribed by the Commission under Section
305(b)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act.

     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for
information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to
Items 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of
such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or
other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents
filed subsequent to the effective date of this Registration Statement through
the date of responding to the request.

     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a
post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the
company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and
included in this Registration Statement when it became effective.

                                     II-6

<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES

   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment to Registration Statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the
City of Dallas, State of Texas, on October 5, 1995.
    

                                       PRONET INC.


                                       By: /s/ Jan E. Gaulding
                                          __________________________
                                          Jan E. Gaulding
                                          Senior Vice President and
                                          Chief Financial Officer



     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this Amendment to Registration Statement has been signed by the following
persons in the capacities indicated on the dates indicated.


   
 SIGNATURE                           TITLE                         DATE

/s/ Jackie R. Kimzey*
_______________________   Chairman, Chief Executive Officer   October 5, 1995
Jackie R. Kimzey                  and Director
                           (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ David J. Vucina*
_______________________         President, Chief Operating    October 5, 1995
David J. Vucina                    Officer and Director


/s/ Jan E. Gaulding
_______________________           Senior Vice President       October 5, 1995
Jan E. Gaulding                and Chief Financial Officer
                                (Principal Financial and
                                   Accounting Officer)

/s/ Thomas V. Bruns*
_______________________                  Director             October 5, 1995
Thomas V. Bruns


/s/ Harvey B. Cash*
_______________________                  Director             October 5, 1995
Harvey B. Cash


/s/ Edward E. Jungerman*
_______________________                  Director             October 5, 1995
Edward E. Jungerman

/s/ Mark C. Masur*
_______________________                  Director             October 5, 1995
Mark C. Masur


*By /s/ Jan E Gaulding
______________________
Jan E. Gaulding
Attorney-in-Fact
    

                                      II-7

<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

EXHIBIT
NUMBER  DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBITS
- ------  -----------------------
  3.1  --  Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated July 31, 1987.*
  3.2  --  Certificate of Designation of Series A Junior
           Participating Preferred Stock dated April 11, 1995
           (filed as part of the Registrant's Registration
           Statement on Form 8-A dated April 7, 1995, and
           incorporated herein by reference).
  3.3  --  Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of
           Incorporation dated June 12, 1995 (filed as an
           exhibit to the Registrant's Current Report on Form
           8-K, dated July 5, 1995, and incorporated herein by
           reference).
  3.4  --  Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended (filed as an
           exhibit to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated
           April 7, 1995, and incorporated herein by reference).
  4.1  --  Indenture, dated as of June 15, 1995, between the
           Registrant and First Interstate Bank of Texas, N.A.,
           as Trustee (filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's
           Current Report on Form 8-K, dated July 5, 1995,
           and incorporated herein by reference).
  4.2  --  Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 15,
           1995, between the Registrant, Lehman Brothers, Inc.,
           Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated and PaineWebber
           Incorporated.*
  4.3  --  Rights Agreement, dated as of April 5, 1995,
           between the Registrant and Chemical Shareholder
           Services Group, Inc., as Rights Agent, specifying
           the terms of the rights to purchase the Registrant's
           Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, and
           the exhibits thereto (filed as an exhibit to the
           Registrant's Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated
           April 7, 1995, and incorporated herein by
           reference).
  5.1  --  Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.*
 10.1  --  Agreement dated June 15, 1988, between the Registrant
           and Texas Instruments Incorporated for the
           acquisition of assets including the use of patents,
           technology and software related to ProNet Tracking
           Systems (filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's
           Current Report on Form 8-K, dated July 21, 1988,
           and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.2  --  Office/Showroom/Warehouse Lease Agreement dated
           January 2, 1990, between the Registrant and Dal-Mac
           Westridge I, Ltd., as amended (filed as an exhibit
           to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
           year ended December 31, 1990, and incorporated
           herein by reference).
 10.3  --  Stock Purchase Agreement dated September 24, 1993,
           by and between the Registrant and Contact
           Communications, Inc. (filed as an exhibit to the
           Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March
           1, 1994, and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.4  --  Amendment Letter No. One to Stock Purchase
           Agreement dated October 20, 1993, by and between
           the Registrant and Contact Communications, Inc. (filed
           as an exhibit to the Registrant's Current Report on
           Form 8-K, dated March 1, 1994, and incorporated
           herein by reference).
 10.5  --  Amendment Letter No. Two to Stock Purchase
           Agreement dated January 4, 1994, by and between the
           Registrant and Contact Communications, Inc. (filed as
           an exhibit to the Registrant's Current Report on Form
           8-K, dated March 1, 1994, and incorporated herein
           by reference).
 10.6  --  Amendment Letter No. Three to Stock Purchase
           Agreement dated March 1, 1994, by and between the
           Registrant and Contact Communications, Inc. (filed as
           an exhibit to the Registrant's Current Report on Form
           8-K, dated March 1, 1994, and incorporated herein
           by reference).
 10.7  --  Asset Purchase Agreement dated March 22, 1994, by
           and among the Registrant, Radio Call Company, Inc., a
           New York corporation, MRN Communications, Inc., a
           New York corporation, Radio Call Co. of N.J., Inc.,
           a New Jersey corporation and Marvin R. Neuwirth
           (filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Current
           Report on Form 8-K, dated August 5, 1994, and
           incorporated herein by reference).

<PAGE>

EXHIBIT
NUMBER  DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBITS
- ------  -----------------------
 10.8  --  Asset Purchase Agreement dated May 5, 1994, by and
           among the Registrant, Chicago Communication Service,
           Inc., an Illinois corporation, Gerald C. Bear,
           Gerald C. Bear, Trustee of the Lewis Bear Trust,
           Leo Magiera and Gerald Manikowski (filed as an
           exhibit to the Registrant's Current Report on Form
           8-K, dated August 5, 1994, and incorporated herein by
           reference).
 10.9  --  Asset Purchase Agreement dated June 30, 1994, by
           and among the Registrant, All City Communication
           Company, Inc., Robert J. von Bereghy, Maurice S.
           Meyers, Martin T. Franke, Virginia Franke, Personal
           Representative of the estate of Martin K. Franke
           and Cove Communications of Wisconsin, Inc. (filed
           as an exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on
           Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30,
           1994, and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.10  -- Amendment Agreement dated July 29, 1994, by and
           among the Registrant, Radio Call Company, Inc., a New
           York corporation, MRN Communications, Inc., a New
           York corporation, Radio Call Co. of N.J., Inc., a
           New Jersey corporation and Marvin R. Neuwirth
           (filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Current
           Report on Form 8-K, dated August 5, 1994, and
           incorporated herein by reference).
 10.11  -- Amendment Agreement dated August 1, 1994, by and
           among the Registrant, All City Communication Company,
           Inc., Robert J. von Bereghy, Maurice S. Meyers,
           Martin T. Franke, Virginia Franke, Personal
           Representative of the estate of Martin K. Franke
           and Cove Communications of Wisconsin, Inc. (filed
           as an exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on
           Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30,
           1994, and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.12  -- Stock Purchase Agreement dated April 20, 1994,
           regarding the acquisition of the outstanding
           capital stock of Metropolitan Houston Paging
           Services, Inc., ("Metro Houston") by and among
           Contact Communications Inc., Metro Houston and the
           shareholders of Metro Houston (filed as an exhibit
           to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
           fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1995, and incorporated
           herein by reference).
 10.13  -- Form of PS-58 Split Dollar Agreement between the
           Registrant and each of its executive officers (filed
           as an exhibit to the Registrant's Registration
           Statement on Form S-2 (File No. 33-85696) filed
           with the Commission on October 28, 1994, and
           incorporated herein by reference).
 10.14  -- Asset Purchase Agreement dated November 30, 1994,
           among Signet Paging of Charlotte, Inc., Eileen L.
           Knight, John R. Knight, Sr., John R. Knight, Jr.
           and Contact Communications Inc. (filed as an
           exhibit to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant's
           Registration Statement on Form S-2 (File No. 33-
           85696) filed with the Commission on December 14,
           1994, and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.15  -- Employment Agreement dated May 18, 1994, by and
           between the Registrant and Jackie R. Kimzey (filed as
           an exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on
           Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30,
           1994, and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.16  -- Employment Agreement dated May 18, 1994, by and
           between the Registrant and David J. Vucina (filed as
           an exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on
           Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30,
           1994, and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.17  -- Change in Control Agreement dated May 18, 1994, by
           and between the Registrant and Bo Bernard (filed as an
           exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form
           10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1994,
           and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.18  -- Change in Control Agreement dated May 18, 1994, by
           and between the Registrant and Jan E. Gaulding (filed
           as an exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on
           Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30,
           1994, and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.19  -- Change in Control Agreement dated May 18, 1994, by
           and between the Registrant and Jeffery Owens (filed as
           an exhibit to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on
           Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30,
           1994, and incorporated herein by reference).

<PAGE>

EXHIBIT
NUMBER  DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBITS
- ------  -----------------------
 10.20  -- Change in Control Agreement dated January 17, 1995,
           by and between the Registrant and Mark A. Solls (filed
           as an exhibit to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K
           for the year ended December 31, 1994, and incorporated
           herein by reference).
 10.21  -- Asset Purchase Agreement dated May 24, 1995,
           regarding the acquisition of substantially all of
           the paging assets of Americom Paging Corporation,
           by and among the Registrant, Gregory W. Hadley, Mo
           Shebaclo and American 900 Paging, Inc. dba Americom
           Paging Corporation (filed as an exhibit to the
           Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated
           July 7, 1995, and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.22  -- Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated
           February 9, 1995, by and among the Registrant, The
           First National Bank of Chicago, as Agent, and the
           Lenders party thereto (filed as an exhibit to the
           Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
           ended December 31, 1994, and incorporated herein by
           reference).
 10.23  -- Waiver, Consent and Amendment No. 1 dated as of
           June 12, 1995 by and among the Registrant, The First
           National Bank of Chicago, as Agent, and the Lenders
           party thereto.*
 10.24  -- Letter of Agreement dated March 31, 1995, regarding
           the acquisition of substantially all of the common
           stock of Lewis Paging Inc., by and among the
           Registrant and Terry W. Lewis (filed as an exhibit to
           the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
           fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1995, and incorporated
           herein by reference).
 10.25  -- Office Lease Agreement by and between the Registrant
           and Carter-Crowley Properties, Inc., as Landlord
           (filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Current Report
           on Form 8-K, dated July 5, 1995, and incorporated
           herein by reference).
   
 10.26  -- Asset Purchase Agreement dated September 27, 1995, regarding
           the acquisition of substantially all of the paging assets of
           SigNet Paging of Raleigh, Inc., by and among CCI, SigNet
           Paging of Raleigh, Inc., and W. David Sweatt.*
    
 10.27  -- Letter of Agreement dated July 10, 1995, regarding the
           acquisition of the common stock of Apple Communication,
           Inc. and certain assets of Best Page, Inc., by and among
           Apple Communication, Inc., Best Page, Inc., CCI,
           Sam Zarcone and Jill DiFoggio (filed as an exhibit to
           the Registrant's Registration Statement of Form S-3
           (file no. 33-61279) filed with the Commission July 25,
           1995, and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.28  -- Letter of Agreement dated August 2, 1995, regarding the
           acquisition of substantially all of the paging assets of
           Paging and Cellular of Texas, by and among CCI, Paging and
           Cellular of Texas and Daniel L. Sheppard (filed as an exhibit
           to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal
           quarter ended June 30, 1995, and incorporated herein by reference).
 10.29  -- Letter of Agreement dated August 7, 1995, regarding the
           acquisition of substantially all of the paging assets of
           Cobbwells, Inc. dba Page One Communications, by and among CCI,
           Cobbwells, Inc. dba Page One Communications, James H.
           Cobb, III and Warren K. Wells (filed as an exhibit to the
           Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter
           ended June 30, 1995, and incorporated herein by reference).
 12.1   -- Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.*
 22.1   -- Subsidiaries of the Registrant (filed as an exhibit to
           the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
           year ended December 31, 1994, and incorporated
           herein by reference).
 23.1   -- Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (set forth in
           Exhibit 5.1).
 23.2   -- Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.
 23.3   -- Consent of Hiltzik, Schneider, Ehrlich & Wengrover,
           Independent Public Accountants.
 23.4   -- Consent of Cummings & Carroll, P.C., Independent
           Public Accountants.
 23.5   -- Consent of Natarelli & Associates, Independent
           Public Accountants.
 23.6   -- Consent of Winter, Kloman, Moler & Repp, S.P.,
           Independent Public Accountants.
 23.7   -- Consent of Greer & Walker, L.L.P., Independent
           Public Accountants.
 23.8   -- Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP, Independent Public
           Accountants.
 23.9   -- Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, Independent
           Public Accountants.
 23.10  -- Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, Independent
           Public Accountants.
 24.1   -- Powers of Attorney (set forth on signature page).
 25.1   -- Form T-1 of First Interstate Bank of Texas, N.A.*
 99.1   -- Form of Letter of Transmittal.*
 99.2   -- Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.*
- --------------------
* Previously filed.


<PAGE>



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------






                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                      AMONG SIGNET PAGING OF RALEIGH, INC.,
                                 W. DAVID SWEATT


                                       AND


                           CONTACT COMMUNICATIONS INC.







                               SEPTEMBER 27, 1995






- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
                                    ARTICLE 1

                           PURCHASE AND SALE OF ASSETS

1.1  Assets to be Acquired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
1.2  Excluded Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
1.3  Assumption of Certain Liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
1.4  Purchase Price. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
1.5  Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

                                    ARTICLE 2

                 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER

2.1  Due Organization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
2.2  Due Authorization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
2.3  Common Stock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
2.4  Purchaser Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
2.5  Brokers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

                                    ARTICLE 3

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                       OF THE SELLER AND THE SHAREHOLDERS

3.1  Due Organization; Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
3.2  Due Authorization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
3.3  Conflicts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
3.4  Consents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
3.5  Financial Statements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
3.6  Conduct of Business; Certain Actions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
3.7  Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
3.8  Pagers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
3.9  Licenses and Permits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
3.10 Intellectual Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
3.11 Compliance with Laws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
3.12 Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
3.13 ERISA Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
3.14 Contracts and Agreements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

                                       (i)

<PAGE>

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

3.15 Claims and Proceedings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
3.16 Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
3.17 Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
3.18 Business Relations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
3.19 Brokers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
3.20 Warranties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
3.21 Accounts Receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
3.22 Customers and Suppliers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
3.23 Interest in Competitors, Suppliers, and Customers . . . . . . . . . . .  14
3.24 Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
3.25 Commission Sales Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
3.26 Regulatory Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
3.27 Investment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
3.28 Sophisticated Investor Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
3.29 Investment Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
3.30 Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
3.31 Purchaser Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16

                                    ARTICLE 4

                   COVENANTS OF THE SELLER AND THE SHAREHOLDER

4.1  Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
4.2  Compliance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
4.3  Satisfaction of All Conditions Precedent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
4.4  No Solicitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
4.5  Notice of Developments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
4.6  Notice of Breach. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
4.7  Notice of Litigation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
4.8  Continuation of Insurance Coverage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
4.9  Maintenance of Credit Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
4.10 Updating Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
4.11 Interim Operations of the Seller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
4.12 Financial Statements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
4.13 Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
4.14 Licenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20

                                    ARTICLE 5

                                      (ii)

<PAGE>

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----


                              REGULATORY APPROVALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20


                                    ARTICLE 6

                              CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

6.1  Conditions to Obligations of the Purchaser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
6.2  Conditions to Obligations of the Seller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23

                                    ARTICLE 7

                                   TERMINATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24

                                    ARTICLE 8

                                 INDEMNIFICATION

8.1  Indemnification of the Purchaser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
8.2  Indemnification of the Seller and the Shareholder . . . . . . . . . . .  24
8.3  Defense of Third-Party Claims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
8.4  Direct Claims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
8.5  Right of Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26

                                    ARTICLE 9

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

9.1  Collateral Agreements, Amendments, and Waivers. . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
9.2  Restriction on Transfer of Common Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
9.3  Bulk Sales Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
9.4  Risk of Loss - Damage to Transferred Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
9.5  Prorations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
9.6  Allocation of Purchase Price. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
9.7  Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
9.8  Seller's Liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
9.9  Successors and Assigns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
9.10 Expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
9.11 Sales Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29

                                      (iii)

<PAGE>

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
9.12 Invalid Provisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
9.13 Waiver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
9.14 Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
9.15 Survival of Representations, Warranties, and Covenants. . . . . . . . .  31
9.16 Public Announcement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
9.17 Further Assurances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
9.18 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
9.19 Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
9.20 Headings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
9.21 Sections; Exhibits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
9.22 Number and Gender of Words. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
9.23 Specific Performance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32

                                      (iv)

<PAGE>

                                    SCHEDULES

1.1       Transferred Assets
1.2       Excluded Assets
3.1       Foreign Qualification
3.3       Conflicts
3.4       Consents
3.5(a)    June Asset List
3.6       Conduct of Business
3.7       Title
3.8       Tariffs
3.9       Licenses and Permits
3.10      Intellectual Rights
3.12      Insurance
3.14      Material Contracts
3.15      Claims and Proceedings
3.17      Personnel
3.20      Warranties
3.21      Accounts Receivable
3.22      Customers and Suppliers
3.23      Subsidiaries
3.24      Inventory
3.25      Commission Sales Contracts



                                    EXHIBITS

A - Bill of Sale
B - Assumption Agreement
C - Form of Opinion of Counsel to the Seller and the Shareholders
D - Form of Opinion of FCC Counsel to the Seller and the
    Shareholders
E - Noncompetition Agreement - W. David Sweatt
F - Noncompetition Agreement - Sam A. Miles
G - Noncompetition Agreement - Lee Miles
H - Noncompetition Agreement - Seller
I - License Agreement
J - Registration Rights Agreement
K - Promissory Note
L - Form of Opinion of Counsel to the Purchaser
M - Allocation of Purchase Price

                                       (v)

<PAGE>

                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT


     This Asset Purchase Agreement (this "Agreement") is made and entered into
as of September 27, 1995, by and among SigNet Paging of Raleigh, Inc., a North
Carolina corporation (the "Seller"), W. David Sweatt (the "Shareholder"), and
Contact Communications Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Purchaser").

                                 R E C I T A L S

     A.   The Shareholder owns all the outstanding capital stock of the Seller.

     B.   The Purchaser desires to purchase from the Seller, and the Seller
desires to sell to the Purchaser, upon the terms and subject to the conditions
set forth herein, substantially all of the property and assets of the Seller
that are used in the conduct of the Seller's radio paging system business (such
property, assets, and business, including all affiliated networks, being
hereinafter collectively called the "System").

                               A G R E E M E N T S

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the respective representations,
warranties, agreements, and conditions hereinafter set forth, and other good and
valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the
parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE 1

                           PURCHASE AND SALE OF ASSETS

     1.1  ASSETS TO BE ACQUIRED.  On the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined),
the Seller shall sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser shall purchase from
the Seller, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, all of the
property and assets of whatever nature of the Seller that are used in the
conduct of the System (other than as provided in Section 1.2 hereof) including,
without limitation, the assets described in SCHEDULE 1.1 attached hereto
(collectively, the "Transferred Assets"), free and clear of all liens, security
interests, claims, rights of another, and encumbrances of any kind or character.

     1.2  EXCLUDED ASSETS.  The Seller shall not sell, assign, transfer, or
convey to the Purchaser hereunder any of the assets or property of the Seller
used in the conduct of the System listed on SCHEDULE 1.2 attached hereto (the
"Excluded Assets").

     1.3  ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN LIABILITIES.  On the Closing Date, the Purchaser
shall assume and agree to perform and discharge the liabilities and obligations
of the Seller under:

          (a)  All personal property leases listed on ANNEX 2 to SCHEDULE 1.1
     (the "Personal Property Leases");

<PAGE>

          (b)  All real estate leases (including any radio tower leases) listed
     on ANNEX 3 to SCHEDULE 1.1 (the "Real Estate Leases"); and

          (c)  All contracts, agreements, arrangements, policies, and
     instruments that are listed on ANNEX 4 to SCHEDULE 1.1 (the "Miscellaneous
     Contracts" and, collectively with the Personal Property Leases and the Real
     Estate Leases, the "Assumed Contracts"),

but only to the extent such liabilities and obligations relate to goods
delivered to, services performed for, or benefits received by the Purchaser
after the Closing.

     In addition to the above described obligations under the Assumed Contracts,
the Purchaser shall assume and agrees to discharge the obligations of the Seller
with respect to the customer pager rental deposits in the amounts set forth on
ANNEX 8 TO SCHEDULE 1.1 hereto and transferred to the Purchaser at the Closing
(as hereinafter defined) (such deposits and the Assumed Contracts collectively
referred to herein as the "Assumed Liabilities").

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is expressly understood that the
Purchaser shall not be liable for and shall not assume any of the Seller's
obligations or liabilities (whether known or unknown, matured or unmatured, or
fixed or contingent) other than obligations and liabilities expressly assumed in
this Section 1.3.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the
Purchaser shall not assume any of the Seller's obligations or liabilities with
respect to (a) any claims for workers compensation, (b) any foreign, Federal,
state, county, or local taxes on income of the Seller whether arising before or
after the Closing Date, any foreign, Federal, state, county, or local taxes,
fees, and assessments of any kind of the Seller or for which the Seller has the
obligation to collect from any other party, including, without limitation,
sales, use, gross receipts, franchise, excise, payroll, including Social
Security and unemployment, value-added, withholding, and any other taxes,
whether arising before or after the Closing Date, or any foreign, federal,
state, county, or local taxes, including, without limitation, sales, use, gross
receipts and value-added taxes, or any other fees, arising by reason of the
purchase and sale of the Transferred Assets by the Seller to the Purchaser under
Section 1.1 hereof and the assumption of liabilities under this Section 1.3 by
the  Purchaser, including any such taxes, fees and assessments related the
purchase and sale of the Transferred Assets and the assumption of liabilities
payable by, or assessed against, Purchaser, or otherwise, (c) any liability for
any violation by the Seller of any statutes, laws, regulations, or ordinances of
any federal, state, or local government, including, without limitation, the
failure to file or the improper filing of any and all tax returns and other
reports or the failure to timely pay any and all taxes, fees, and assessments to
any governmental unit, authority, or instrumentality by the Seller, (d) any
liability for any breach of contract, negligence, or misconduct by the Seller or
any of its agents, servants, or employees, (e) any liability of the Seller
arising out of or pursuant to this Agreement (including, without limitation, any
liability arising out of the Seller's employee severance policy), (f) any
liability of the Seller relating to any litigation arising from any event,
action, or omission, (g) any liability of the Seller

                                        2

<PAGE>

relating to employee benefit plans maintained by the Seller, (h) any liability
arising out of or incurred in respect of any transaction of the Seller occurring
after the Closing Date, (i) any liability of the Seller to its shareholder,
whether in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or
any subsequent liquidation and dissolution of the Seller, or otherwise,
including, but not limited to, liabilities or obligations of the Seller to make
distributions to the Shareholder or distributions in liquidation, or (j) any
other liability or obligation of the Seller other than the Assumed Contracts.
Any liabilities of Seller not expressly assumed by the Purchaser pursuant to
this Section 1.3 shall be Indemnified Costs (as hereinafter defined) and, as
such, shall be subject to offset by the Purchaser pursuant to Section 8.4
hereof.

     1.4  PURCHASE PRICE.  The aggregate purchase price payable by the Purchaser
in consideration for the sale of the Transferred Assets shall be an amount equal
to the remainder of (a) the sum of (i) $[3.4] million, payable on the Closing
Date in cash, (ii) $2.4 million, payable on the Closing Date in shares of common
stock, par value $.01 per share ("Common Stock"), of ProNet Inc., a Delaware
corporation and the parent corporation of the Purchaser ("ProNet"), valued at
the Average Closing Price (hereinafter defined) as of the Closing Date, and
payable in cash as provided in the last sentence of this paragraph if the Common
Stock is not then registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and quoted on The Nasdaq Stock
Market (or other quotation system or securities exchange), (iii) $800,000 (the
"Deferred Amount"), to be paid at any time on or before the first anniversary of
the Closing Date (such date being referred to herein as the "Deferred Payment
Date"), and payable in shares of Common Stock valued at the Average Closing
Price as of the Deferred Payment Date, or cash, in the discretion of the
Purchaser, plus (iv) an amount calculated in accordance with the provisions of
APPENDIX A, provided that the number of pagers in service in the System exceeds
13,000 pagers (the "Pager Adjustment Amount"), minus (b) the sum of (i) an
amount equal to the product of (A) $615 multiplied by the remainder of
(B) 12,800 minus the number of pagers in service in the System as of the Closing
Date (if the number of pagers in service in the System is less than 12,800),
provided that the number of pagers in service in the System exceeds 12,000
pagers, plus (ii) the amount of any revenues collected by the Seller prior to
the Closing Date in respect of services or merchandise to be provided to
customers of the System after the Closing Date (collectively, the "Purchase
Price").  As used herein, "Average Closing Price" means the average closing
price of the Common Stock on The Nasdaq Stock Market (or such other quotation
system or securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then quoted or
listed) as reported by the Wall Street Journal for the 20 consecutive trading
days beginning 25 trading days prior to the Closing Date or the Deferred Payment
Date, as applicable; provided, however, that if the Average Closing Price on the
Closing Date or the Deferred Payment Date, as applicable, exceeds $22.00, then
the number of shares of Common Stock to be delivered to the Seller on such date
shall be calculated by dividing the portion of the Purchase Price to be paid in
Common Stock on such date by $22.00; and provided further that if the Average
Closing Price on the Closing Date or the Deferred Payment Date, as applicable,
is less than $18.00, then the number of shares of Common Stock to be delivered
to the Seller on such date shall be calculated by dividing the portion of the
Purchase Price to be paid in Common Stock

                                        3

<PAGE>

on such date by $18.00.  Notwithstanding clause (a)(ii) of this Section 1.4, if
the Common Stock is not registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act
and quoted on The Nasdaq Stock Market (or other quotation system or securities
exchange) then the portion of the Purchase Price described in clause (a)(ii)
above to be paid in cash rather than in shares of Common Stock shall not be $2.4
million but shall be an amount equal to the cash value (calculated on the basis
of the closing price of the Common Stock on the last day on which it is so
registered and traded) of that number of shares of Common Stock that would have
been payable to the Seller as provided in the preceding sentence had the Closing
occurred on the last day on which the Common Stock was so registered and traded.

     The cash portion of the Purchase Price shall be paid by certified bank
check or wire transfer of immediately available funds.  As additional
consideration for the sale of the Transferred Assets, the Purchaser shall assume
certain of the Seller's obligations under or with respect to the Assumed
Contracts in accordance with Section 1.3 hereof.

     1.5  CLOSING.

          (a)  CLOSING DATE.  The closing of the transactions contemplated
hereby (the "Closing") shall take place at the offices of Vinson & Elkins
L.L.P., 2001 Ross Avenue, Suite 3700, Dallas, Texas, 75201, 9:00 a.m., local
time, on the last day of the month in which all Federal, state, and local
regulatory approvals for the transactions contemplated hereby are received by
Final Order (as hereinafter defined) or on such other date as the parties may
agree, provided that the Closing shall not occur between December 15 and
December 31, 1995.  The date on which the Closing actually occurs is referred to
herein as the "Closing Date."

          (b)  DELIVERY AND PAYMENT.  At the Closing, (i) the Seller shall
execute and deliver to the Purchaser a bill of sale and assignment with respect
to the Transferred Assets substantially in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT A
(the "Bill of Sale"), and such other bills of sale, assignments, certificates of
title, endorsements, and other instruments of conveyance as may be necessary to
transfer the Transferred Assets to the Purchaser, (ii) the Purchaser shall
(A) execute and deliver to the Seller an assumption agreement with respect to
the Assumed Liabilities substantially in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT B
(the "Assumption Agreement"), and (B) deliver to the Seller a certified bank
check or wire transfer for the amount of the cash portion of the Purchase Price,
certificates representing the shares of Common Stock to be paid on the Closing
Date as provided in Section 1.4 hereof, and a promissory note in the form of
EXHIBIT K hereto.  At the Closing, ProNet shall execute and deliver to the
Seller the Registration Rights Agreement in the form of EXHIBIT J hereto.  Any
Common Stock issued in respect of the Deferred Amount shall be delivered to the
Seller at its address set forth in Section 9.14 hereof.

                                        4

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 2

                 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER

     The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Seller and the
Shareholder as follows (with the understanding that the Seller and the
Shareholder are relying materially on each such representation and warranty in
entering into and performing this Agreement):

     2.1  DUE ORGANIZATION.  The Purchaser and ProNet are each corporations duly
organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of
Delaware and have full corporate power and corporate authority to own or lease
their respective properties and to carry on their respective businesses as, and
in the places where, such properties are owned or leased and such business is
conducted.  The Purchaser is a wholly owned subsidiary of ProNet.

     2.2  DUE AUTHORIZATION.  The Purchaser and ProNet each have full corporate
power and corporate authority to enter into and perform their respective
obligations under this Agreement and each agreement, document, and instrument
required to be executed by either of them in accordance herewith.  This
Agreement and any the other agreements, documents, and instruments required to
be executed and delivered by the Purchaser or ProNet in accordance herewith have
been, or by the Closing shall have been, duly and validly executed and delivered
by the Purchaser or ProNet, as applicable, and shall, upon their execution,
constitute valid and binding obligations of the Purchaser or ProNet, as
applicable, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

     2.3  COMMON STOCK.  The Common Stock to be issued by ProNet to the Seller
in partial payment of the Purchase Price, when issued and delivered in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be duly authorized, validly
issued, fully paid, and non-assessable.

     2.4  PURCHASER INFORMATION.  The Purchaser has delivered to the Seller true
and correct copies of the ProNet's most recent Proxy Statement, Annual Report on
Form 10-K, and Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (the "ProNet Filings").

     2.5  BROKERS.  Except for a fee to Daniels & Associates, the obligation for
payment of which is and shall remain the sole responsibility of the Purchaser,
the Purchaser has not caused any liability to be incurred to any finder, broker,
or sales agent in connection with the execution, delivery, or performance of
this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

                                    ARTICLE 3

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                       OF THE SELLER AND THE SHAREHOLDERS

                                        5

<PAGE>


     The Seller and the Shareholder each hereby jointly and severally represent
and warrant to the Purchaser as follows (with the understanding that the
Purchaser is relying materially on each such representation and warranty in
entering into and performing this Agreement):

     3.1  DUE ORGANIZATION; OWNERSHIP.  The Seller is a corporation duly
organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of
North Carolina and has full corporate power and corporate authority to own or
lease its properties and to carry on its businesses as, and in the places where,
such properties are owned or leased and such businesses are conducted.  The
Seller is qualified to do business and is in good standing in the states set
forth on SCHEDULE 3.1 attached hereto, which states represent every jurisdiction
where such qualification is required.  No other jurisdiction has asserted a
claim that the Seller is required to qualify to do business as a foreign
corporation in such jurisdiction.  All of the equity securities of the Seller
are owned of record and beneficially as set forth on SCHEDULE 3.1 attached
hereto.  Except as set forth on SCHEDULE 3.1 attached hereto, there are no
authorized or outstanding warrants, options, or rights of any kind to acquire
from the Seller or any Shareholder any equity or debt securities of the Seller
or securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity or debt securities of
the Seller.

     3.2  DUE AUTHORIZATION.  The Seller has full corporate power and corporate
authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and
each agreement, document, and instrument required to be executed by the Seller
in accordance herewith.  The execution, delivery, and performance of this
Agreement and any agreements, documents, and instruments required to be executed
by the Seller have been duly authorized by the Board of Directors of the Seller
and the Shareholder.  This Agreement and the agreements, documents, and
instruments required to be executed and delivered by the Seller or the
Shareholder in accordance herewith have been duly and validly executed and
delivered by the Seller and/or the Shareholder and constitute valid and binding
obligations of the Seller and/or the Shareholder enforceable in accordance with
their respective terms, except that (a) such enforcement may be subject to
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, or other laws, now or
hereafter in effect, affecting creditors' rights generally, and (b) the remedy
of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may
be subject to equitable defenses (including commercial reasonableness, good
faith, and fair dealing) and to the discretion of the court before which any
proceeding therefor may be brought.

     3.3  CONFLICTS.  Except as set forth on SCHEDULE 3.3, neither the
execution, delivery, nor performance of this Agreement or any other agreement,
document, or instrument to be executed by the Seller and/or the Shareholder in
connection herewith shall (a) violate any Federal, state, county, or local law,
rule, or regulation applicable to the Seller or the Shareholder, or its or his
properties, (b) violate or conflict with, or permit the cancellation of, any
agreement to which the Seller or the Shareholder is a party, or by which it or
he or any of its or his properties are bound, or result in the creation of any
lien, security interest, charge, or encumbrance upon any of such properties,
(c) result in the acceleration of the maturity of any indebtedness of, or
indebtedness

                                        6

<PAGE>

secured by any property or other assets of, the Seller or the Shareholder, or
(d) violate or conflict with any provision of the certificate of incorporation
or by-laws of the Seller.

     3.4  CONSENTS.  Set forth on SCHEDULE 3.4 attached hereto is a complete
list of all actions, consents, or approvals of, or filings with, any
governmental authorities or third parties required in connection with the
execution, delivery, or performance of this Agreement or any agreement,
document, or other instrument to be executed in connection herewith by any of
the Shareholders or the Seller.

     3.5  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  The Seller has delivered to the Purchaser (a) a
complete and correct copy of the audited statement of financial condition of the
Seller as of December 31, 1994, and the related statements of operations and
retained earnings for the period then ended (the "Audited Financial
Statements"), (b) a complete and correct copy of the statement of financial
condition of the Seller as of June 30, 1995, and the related statements of
operations and retained earnings for the period then ended, each of which have
been prepared by Ernst & Young LLP (the "Interim Financial Statements" and,
together with the Audited Financial Statements, the "Financial Statements"), (c)
a complete and correct copy of the Seller's monthly internal management
financial reports for the month ended July 31, 1995, (the "Financial Reports"),
and (d) a complete and correct list of the Transferred Assets together with the
book value of each such Transferred Asset as of June 30, 1995, which list is set
forth on ANNEX 1 to SCHEDULE 1.1 attached hereto (the "June Asset List").  The
Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods
indicated (except, with respect to the Interim Financial Statements for the
absence of footnotes, and subject to year-end adjustments) and fairly present
the financial position, results of operations, and changes in financial position
of the Seller as of the indicated dates and for the indicated periods.  The June
Asset List has been prepared in accordance with and is otherwise consistent with
the books and records of the Seller, presents fairly and accurately the book
value of each of the Transferred Assets, and has been prepared in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles as used in the preparation of
Financial Statements.  Since June 30, 1995, there has been no material adverse
change in the financial position, assets, results of operations, business, or
prospects of the System.  To the best knowledge of the Seller and the
Shareholder, there are no pending or proposed statutes, rules, or regulations,
nor any current or pending developments or circumstances, which would have a
material adverse effect on the business, properties, assets, or prospects of the
System.

     3.6  CONDUCT OF BUSINESS; CERTAIN ACTIONS.  Except as set forth on SCHEDULE
3.6 attached hereto, since June 30, 1995, the Seller has conducted its business
and operations in the ordinary course and consistent with its past practices and
has not (a) increased the compensation of any of the directors, officers, or key
employees of the System or, except for wage and salary increases made in the
ordinary course of business and consistent with the past practices of the
Seller, increased the compensation of any other employees of the System,
(b) made any capital expenditures exceeding $5,000 individually or $15,000 in
the aggregate (other than purchases of

                                        7

<PAGE>

pagers consistent with past practices and purchases of equipment necessary for
the operation of the System), (c) sold any asset (or any group of related
assets) used in the operation of the System in any transaction (or series of
related transactions) in which the purchase price for such asset (or group of
related assets) exceeded $3,000, (d) discharged or satisfied any lien or
encumbrance or paid any obligation or liability, absolute or contingent, other
than current liabilities incurred and paid in the ordinary course of business,
(e) made or guaranteed any loans or advances to any party whatsoever,
(f) suffered or permitted any lien, security interest, claim, charge, or other
encumbrance to arise or be granted or created against or upon any of the
Transferred Assets, (g) cancelled, waived, or released any debts, rights, or
claims of the System against third parties, (h) made any change in the method of
accounting of the Seller, (i) made any investment or commitment therefor in any
person, business, corporation, limited liability company, association,
partnership, joint venture, trust, or other entity, (j) made, entered into,
amended, or terminated any written employment contract or created, made,
amended, or terminated any bonus, stock option, pension, retirement, profit
sharing, or other employee benefit plan or arrangement, or withdrawn from any
"multi-employer plan" (as defined in Section 414(f) of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (the "Code")) so as to create any liability under Article IV
of ERISA (as hereinafter defined) to any entity, (k) amended, renewed, or
experienced a termination of any contract, agreement, lease, franchise, or
license related to the conduct of the System to which the Seller is a party,
except in the ordinary course of business, (l) entered into any other material
transactions relating to the System except in the ordinary course of business,
(m) entered into any contract, commitment, agreement, or understanding to do any
acts described in the foregoing clauses (a)-(l) of this Section 3.6,
(o) suffered any material damage, destruction, or loss (whether or not covered
by insurance) to any of the Transferred Assets, (p) experienced any strike,
slowdown, or demand for recognition by a labor organization by or with respect
to any of the employees of the System, or (q) experienced or effected any
shutdown, slow-down, or cessation of any operations conducted by, or
constituting part of, the System.

     3.7  TITLE.  The Seller does not own or lease any assets or property used
in connection with or necessary for the operation of the System other than the
Transferred Assets and the Excluded Assets.  Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 3.7
attached hereto, the Seller has good and indefeasible title to all of the
Transferred Assets.  Except as set forth on SCHEDULE 3.7 attached hereto, the
Transferred Assets are free and clear of all liens (including any liens for
Taxes (as defined in Section 3.16 hereof)), security interests, claims, rights
of another, and encumbrances.  Upon consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby, the Purchaser shall acquire good and indefeasible title to
the Transferred Assets, free and clear of all liens, security interests, claims,
rights of another, and encumbrances.  The tangible Transferred Assets listed on
ANNEX 1 to SCHEDULE 1.1 are in good operating condition and repair, normal wear
and tear excepted, and are free from material defects.  The operation of the
System in the manner in which it is now and has been operated does not violate
any zoning ordinances, municipal regulations, or other rules, regulations, or
laws.  No covenants, easements, rights-of-way, or regulations of record impair
the uses of the Transferred Assets for the purposes for which they are now
operated.  There are no

                                        8

<PAGE>

other parties in possession of any portion of the Transferred Assets.  There are
no pending or threatened condemnation or similar proceedings or assessments
affecting the Transferred Assets.

     3.8  PAGERS.  ANNEX 1 to SCHEDULE 1.1 includes a true and complete list of
the number and type of pagers in service in the System as of June 30, 1995.  All
of such pagers in service are operating pursuant to valid and binding rental
and/or service agreements with the Seller or agents or resellers, no single
subscriber or related group of subscribers accounts for more than five percent
of the paging revenues attributable to the System, and the Seller and the
Shareholder do not know of any current subscribers who intend to discontinue the
use of such service for any reason including, but not limited to, the
consummation of the transactions contemplated herein.  As used herein, "rental"
means, with respect to any pager, provision of communications private carriage
pursuant to Part 90 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, and the
rental or lease of subscriber equipment to the customer by the Seller or its
agents or resellers to permit the customer to utilize such service.  The rates
charged to subscribers for each class of service and copies of all applicable
tariffs filed with governmental agencies regulating the rates to be charged to
subscribers of the System are all contained in SCHEDULE 3.8.

     3.9  LICENSES AND PERMITS.  Set forth on ANNEX 7 to SCHEDULE 1.1 attached
hereto is a list of all Federal, state, county, and local governmental licenses,
authorizations, certificates, permits, and orders held or applied for by the
Seller in connection with or related to the operation of the System.  Except as
set forth on SCHEDULE 3.9, the Seller has complied and is in compliance with the
terms and conditions of all licenses, authorizations, certificates, permits, and
orders, and no violation of any such licenses, authorizations, certificates,
permits, or orders, or the laws or rules governing the issuance or continued
validity thereof, has occurred.  Other than the consents required to be obtained
in connection with this Agreement (which consents are set forth on SCHEDULE 3.4
hereto), no additional license, authorization, certificate, permit, or order is
required from any Federal, state, county, or local governmental agency or body
thereof in connection with the operation of the System by the Seller or the
Purchaser or the ownership by the Seller or the Purchaser or the transfer of the
Transferred Assets by the Seller to the Purchaser.  No claim has been made by
any governmental authority to the effect that any license, authorization,
certificate, permit, or order in addition to those listed on ANNEX 7 to SCHEDULE
1.1 is necessary in respect of the operation of the System.

     3.10 INTELLECTUAL RIGHTS.  Attached hereto as SCHEDULE 3.10 is a list and
description of all patents, trademarks, servicemarks, tradenames, and copyrights
and applications therefor related to the System and owned by or registered in
the name of the Seller or in which the Seller has any right, license, or
interest.  The Seller is not a party to any license agreements whether written
or oral, either as licensor or licensee, with respect to any patents,
trademarks, servicemarks, tradenames, or copyrights or applications therefor.
The Seller has good and marketable title to or the right to use such patents,
trademarks, service marks, tradenames, and copyrights and all inventions,
processes, designs, formulae, trade secrets, and know-how necessary for the
conduct of its business, without the payment of any royalty or similar payment.
The Seller is not

                                        9

<PAGE>

infringing any patent, trademark, servicemark, tradename, or copyright of
others, and neither the Seller nor the Shareholder is aware of any infringement
by others of any such rights owned by the Seller.

     3.11 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.  The Seller has complied in all material
respects, and is in compliance in all material respects, with all Federal,
state, county, and local laws, regulations, and orders that are applicable to
the Seller's business including, but not limited to, the rules and regulations
of the Federal Communications Commission (the "FCC") and the Federal Aviation
Administration (the "FAA") and the states and municipalities in which the System
is located, and has filed with the proper authorities all statements and reports
required by the laws, regulations, and orders to which the Seller or its
properties or operations are subject.  The Seller and the Shareholder represent
and warrant that they have complied in all material respects and, prior to the
Closing, will comply in all material respects with, all rules, regulations,
policies, precedents, and orders of the FCC and the FAA with respect to marking,
lighting, notification, and approval of each and every tower used in the
Seller's business.  To the knowledge of the Seller and the Shareholder, none of
the owners of any of the towers on which the Seller leases tower space has
failed to comply in any material respect with any of the aforesaid rules,
regulations, policies, precedents, and orders of the FCC or the FAA applicable
to such owner in its capacity as a tower owner.  No claim has been made by any
governmental authority (and, to the best knowledge of the Seller and the
Shareholder, no such claim is anticipated) to the effect that the business
conducted by the Seller fails to comply, in any material respect, with any law,
rule, regulation, or ordinance.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Seller has
complied with all judicial and governmental requirements relating to pollution
and environmental control and regulation and employee health and safety
including, but not limited to, laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, and orders
related to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage,
disposal, transport, handling, presence, emission, discharge, release, or
threatened release into or on the air, land, surface, water, groundwater,
personal property, or structures, wherever located, of any contaminants,
hazardous materials, hazardous or toxic substances, or wastes as defined under
any federal, state, or local laws, regulations, or ordinances.

     3.12 INSURANCE.  Attached hereto as SCHEDULE 3.12 is a list of all policies
of fire, liability, business interruption, and other forms of insurance and all
fidelity bonds held by or applicable to the Seller at any time within the past
three years, which schedule sets forth in respect of each such policy the policy
name, policy number, carrier, term, type of coverage, deductible amount or
self-insured retention amount, limits of coverage, and annual premium.  No event
relating to the Seller has occurred which is likely to result in any prospective
upward adjustment in such premiums.  The insurance currently held by the Seller
is in such amounts and is of such types and scope as is customary in the
industry in which the Seller is engaged.  Excluding insurance policies which
have expired and been replaced, no insurance policy of the Seller has been
cancelled within the last three years, and no threat has been made to cancel any
insurance policy of the Seller within such period.

                                       10

<PAGE>

     3.13 ERISA PLANS.  The Seller has no employee benefit plans subject to the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA").

     3.14 CONTRACTS AND AGREEMENTS.  The contracts and agreements listed and
described in SCHEDULE 1.1 and SCHEDULE 1.2 attached hereto constitute all of the
written or oral contracts, commitments, leases, and other agreements (including,
without limitation, promissory notes, loan agreements, and other evidences of
indebtedness but excluding rental agreements and agreements with resellers) to
which the Seller is a party or by which the Seller or its properties are bound
with respect to which the obligations of or the benefits to be received by the
Seller could reasonably be expected to have a value in excess of $5,000 in any
consecutive 12 month period (each a "Material Agreement").  The Seller has also
furnished to the Purchaser the Seller's standard form rental agreement and
agreement with resellers used in the ordinary course of the Seller's business.
The Seller is not a lessor under any rental agreement or reseller agreement that
varies from such standard form agreement in any material respect.  The Seller
and the Shareholder have afforded to the Purchaser and the Purchaser's officers,
attorneys, and other representatives the opportunity to review complete and
correct copies of all of the Material Agreements.  Except as set forth on
SCHEDULE 3.14 attached hereto, the Seller is not and, to the best knowledge of
the Seller and the Shareholder, no other party thereto is in default (and no
event has occurred which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or
both, would constitute a default) under any Material Agreements, and the Seller
has not waived any right under any Material Agreements.  Neither the Seller nor
the Shareholder has received any notice of default or termination under any
Material Agreements and, except for the assignment of the Assumed Contracts to
the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement, the Seller has not assigned or
otherwise transferred any rights under any Material Agreements.

     3.15 CLAIMS AND PROCEEDINGS.  Attached hereto as SCHEDULE 3.15 is a list
and description of all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, and investigations
pending or, to the best knowledge of the Seller and the Shareholder, threatened
against or affecting the Seller or any of its properties or assets, at law or in
equity, or before or by any court, municipal or other governmental department,
commission, board, agency, or instrumentality.  Except as set forth on SCHEDULE
3.15 attached hereto, none of such claims, actions, suits, proceedings, or
investigations will result in any liability or loss to the Seller which
(individually or in the aggregate) is material to the Seller, and the Seller has
not been, and the Seller is not now, subject to any order, judgment, decree,
stipulation, or consent of any court, governmental body, or agency.  No inquiry,
action, or proceeding has been asserted, instituted, or, to the best knowledge
of the Seller and the Shareholder, threatened to restrain or prohibit the
carrying out of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or to challenge
the validity of such transactions or any part thereof or seeking damages on
account thereof.  To the best knowledge of the Seller and the Shareholder, there
is no basis for any such claim or action or any other claims or actions which
would, or could reasonably be expected to (individually or in the aggregate),
have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, or financial
condition or prospects of the Seller or the System or result in a material
liability of the Seller.

                                       11

<PAGE>

     3.16 TAXES.  All Federal, foreign, state, county, and local income, gross
receipts, excise, property, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, capital stock,
business and occupation, license, sales, use, value-added, transfer, profits,
gains, mortgage recording, disability, employment, payroll, withholding, custom,
estimated, and other taxes, fees and assessments imposed by any governmental
entity, agency, or instrumentality (individually, a "Tax" and collectively,
"Taxes") returns, reports, statements, invoices, and declarations of estimated
tax (collectively, "Returns") which were required to be filed by the Seller on
or before the date hereof have been filed within the time and in the manner
provided by law, and all such Returns are true, correct, and complete and
accurately reflect the liabilities for Tax of the Seller.  All Taxes, penalties,
interest, and other additions to Taxes which have become due pursuant to such
Returns have been adequately accrued in the Financial Statements of the Seller
and, to the extent the due date for payment of such Taxes has occurred prior to
the Closing date hereof, have been timely paid by the Seller.  All annual or
other FCC regulatory fees arising from the operations of the Seller have been
paid.  The Seller has not executed any presently effective waiver or extension
of any statute of limitations against assessments and collections of Taxes,
interest, penalties, or additions to Taxes or any extension of time to file any
Return.  There are no pending or threatened claims, assessments, notices,
proposals to assess, deficiencies, or audits (collectively, "Seller Tax
Actions") with respect to any Taxes, penalties, interest, or additions to Taxes
owed or allegedly owed by the Seller.  To the best knowledge of the Seller and
the Shareholder, there is no basis for any Seller Tax Actions.  There are no
liens for Taxes, penalties, interest, or additions to Taxes on any of the assets
of the Seller.  Proper and accurate amounts of any and all payroll and
employment Taxes that are required to be withheld have been withheld and
remitted by the Seller from and in respect of its directors, officers,
shareholders, and employees for all periods in full and complete compliance with
the tax withholding provisions of all applicable laws and regulations.

     3.17 PERSONNEL.  Attached hereto as SCHEDULE 3.17 is a list of the names
and annual rates of compensation of the employees of the System whose annual
rates of compensation during the fiscal year ending December 31, 1994 (including
base salary, bonuses, commissions, and incentive pay), exceeded or are expected
to exceed $30,000.  SCHEDULE 3.17 attached hereto also summarizes the bonus,
profit sharing, percentage compensation, company automobile, club membership,
and other like benefits, if any, paid or payable to such employees during such
fiscal year and to the date hereof.  SCHEDULE 3.17 attached hereto also contains
a brief description of all material terms of all employment agreements and
confidentiality agreements to which the Seller is a party and all severance
benefits which any director, officer, or employee of the Seller is or may be
entitled to receive.  The Seller has delivered to the Purchaser accurate and
complete copies of all such employment agreements, confidentiality agreements,
and all other agreements, plans, and other instruments relating to the System to
which the Seller is a party and under which any of its employees are entitled to
receive benefits of any nature.  The employee relations of the Seller are good
and there is no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Seller and the
Shareholder, threatened labor dispute or union organization campaign involving
the Seller.  None of the employees of the Seller is represented by any labor
union or organization.  The Seller is in compliance with all federal and state
laws respecting employment and employment practices,

                                       12

<PAGE>

terms and conditions of employment, and wages and hours and is not engaged in
any unfair labor practices.  There is no unfair labor practice claim against the
Seller before the National Labor Relations Board or any strike, labor dispute,
work slowdown, or work stoppage pending or, to the best knowledge of the Seller
and the Shareholder, threatened against or involving the Seller.

     3.18 BUSINESS RELATIONS.  Neither the Seller nor the Shareholder knows or
has any reason to believe that any customer or supplier of the System will cease
or otherwise refuse to do business with the Purchaser after the Closing in the
same manner as such business was previously conducted with the Seller.  The
Seller has not received any notice of any disruption (including delayed
deliveries or allocations by suppliers) in the availability of the materials or
products used by the Seller in the operation of the System and, except as
previously disclosed in writing to the Purchaser by the Seller, neither the
Seller nor the Shareholder is aware of any facts which could lead any of them to
believe that the operation of the System will be subject to any such material
disruption.

     3.19 BROKERS.   Neither the Seller nor the Shareholder has caused any
liability to be incurred to any finder, broker, or sales agent in connection
with the execution, delivery, or performance of this Agreement or the
transactions contemplated hereby.

     3.20 WARRANTIES.  Attached hereto as SCHEDULE 3.20 is a list and brief
description of all warranties and guarantees made by the Seller to third parties
with respect to any products sold or leased or services rendered by the Seller
in connection with the operation of the System.  Except as set forth on
SCHEDULE 3.20 attached hereto, no claims for breach of product or service
warranties to customers have been made against the Seller since January 1, 1992.
To the best knowledge of the Seller and the Shareholder, no state of facts
exists, or event has occurred, which may form the basis of any claim against the
Seller for liability on account of any express or implied warranty to any third
party related to the operation of the System.

     3.21 ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE.  Except as set forth on SCHEDULE 3.21 attached
hereto, all of the accounts, notes, and loans receivable that have been recorded
on the books of the Seller are bona fide and represent amounts validly due and
payable.  The weighted average age of the Seller's accounts receivable does not
exceed 15 days.  All of such accounts, notes, and loans receivable are free and
clear of any security interests, liens, encumbrances, or other charges; none of
such accounts, notes, or loans receivable are subject to any offsets or claims
of offset; and none of the obligors of such accounts, notes, or loans receivable
have given notice that they will or may refuse to pay the full amount thereof or
any portion thereof.

     3.22 CUSTOMERS AND SUPPLIERS.  SCHEDULE 3.22 attached hereto contains a
true, correct, and complete list of (a) the ten largest customers (measured in
dollar volume of revenue) of the System during the years ended December 31,
1993, and December 31, 1994, (b) the ten largest suppliers (measured in dollar
volume of purchases) of the System during the years ended December 31, 1993, and
December 31, 1994, and (c) with respect to each such customer and

                                       13

<PAGE>

supplier, the name and address thereof, dollar volume involved, and nature of
the relationship (including the principal categories of products bought, sold,
and leased).

     3.23 INTEREST IN COMPETITORS, SUPPLIERS, AND CUSTOMERS.  Except as set
forth in SCHEDULE 3.23, neither the Seller, the Shareholder, nor any officer or
director of the Seller, or affiliate of any of the foregoing, has any ownership
interest in any competitor, supplier, or customer of the System or any property
used in the operation of the System.

     3.24 INVENTORY.  Except as set forth on SCHEDULE 3.24 attached hereto, the
inventories shown on the Financial Statements and the June Asset List consist of
(and the inventories of the Seller at the Closing will consist of) items of a
quality and quantity usable and readily saleable in the ordinary course of
business by the Seller.

     3.25 COMMISSION SALES CONTRACTS.  Except as disclosed in SCHEDULE 3.25
attached hereto, the Seller does not employ or have any relationship with any
individual, corporation, partnership, or other entity whose compensation from
the Seller arising from the operation of the System is in whole or in part
determined on a commission basis.

     3.26 REGULATORY CERTIFICATES.  Neither the Seller nor the Shareholder is
aware of any information concerning the Seller or its operations that could
cause the FCC or any other regulatory authority not to issue to the Purchaser
all regulatory certificates and approvals necessary for the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereunder and for the Purchaser's operation of the
System and ownership of the Transferred Assets.

     3.27 INVESTMENT.  The Seller is acquiring the Common Stock, if any, from
the Purchaser pursuant hereto for its own account for investment and not with a
view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof (including,
without limitation, any sale, transfer, distribution, or other conveyance to the
Shareholder), nor with any present intention of distributing or selling the
same; and, other than pursuant to the provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreement attached as EXHIBIT I hereto, the Seller has no present or
contemplated agreement, undertaking, arrangement, obligation, indebtedness, or
commitment providing for the disposition thereof.

     3.28 SOPHISTICATED INVESTOR STATUS.  The Seller is an Accredited Investor,
as such term is defined in Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").

     3.29 INVESTMENT RISK.  The Seller acknowledges and agrees that the
acquisition by the Seller of Common Stock, if any, from the Purchaser pursuant
to this Agreement carries a certain degree of risk and it has taken full
cognizance of and understands all of the risks related to the acquisition of
Common Stock.

                                       14

<PAGE>

     3.30 LEGENDS.  The Seller understands, acknowledges, and agrees that a
legend will be placed on all certificates evidencing the Common Stock in
substantially the following form:

          THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN
          ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE STATE
          SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE.  WITHOUT SUCH REGISTRATION,
          SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, OR
          OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED AT ANY TIME WHATSOEVER, EXCEPT UPON
          DELIVERY TO PRONET INC., A DELAWARE CORPORATION (THE
          "COMPANY"), OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE
          COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED FOR SUCH TRANSFER
          AND/OR THE SUBMISSION TO THE COMPANY OF SUCH OTHER EVIDENCE
          AS MAY BE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT ANY SUCH TRANSFER
          WILL NOT BE IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
          AMENDED, AND/OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND/OR ANY
          RULE OR REGULATION PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.

In addition, the Seller acknowledges and agrees that a legend evidencing the
restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 9.2 hereof will be placed on all
certificates evidencing Common Stock delivered at the Closing.

     3.31 PURCHASER INFORMATION.  The Seller has received from the Purchaser
copies of the ProNet Filings.  The Seller has carefully read or reviewed and is
familiar with the ProNet Filings.  The Seller and the Seller's representatives
all have had an opportunity to ask questions of persons acting on behalf of the
Purchaser and ProNet regarding ProNet and the Common Stock, and answers have
been provided to all such questions to the Seller's satisfaction.

     3.32 INFORMATION FURNISHED.  The Seller and the Shareholder have made
available to the Purchaser and its officers, attorneys, accountants, lenders,
and representatives true and correct copies of all agreements, documents, and
other items listed on the schedules to this Agreement and all books and records
of the Seller, and neither this Agreement, the schedules hereto, nor any
information, agreements, or documents delivered to or made available to the
Purchaser or its officers, attorneys, accountants, lenders, and representatives
pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit any material fact necessary to make the statements herein
or therein, as the case may be, not misleading.

                                       15

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 4

                   COVENANTS OF THE SELLER AND THE SHAREHOLDER

     4.1  INSPECTION.  From the date hereof to the Closing, the Seller and the
Shareholder shall provide the Purchaser and the Purchaser's officers, attorneys,
accountants, representatives, and lenders free, full, and complete access during
business hours to all books, records, tax returns, files, correspondence,
personnel, facilities, and properties of the Seller; provide the Purchaser and
its officers, attorneys, accountants, representatives, and lenders all
information and material pertaining to the business and affairs of the Seller as
the Purchaser may deem necessary or appropriate; and use their best efforts to
afford the Purchaser and its officers, attorneys, accountants, and
representatives the opportunity to meet with the customers and suppliers of the
Seller to discuss the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations,
and prospects of the Seller.  Any investigation by the Purchaser or its
officers, attorneys, accountants, representatives, or lenders shall not in any
manner affect the representations and warranties of the Seller and the
Shareholder contained herein.

     4.2  COMPLIANCE.  From the date hereof to the Closing, neither the Seller
nor the Shareholder shall take or fail to take any action which action or
failure to take such action shall cause the representations and warranties made
by the Seller or the Shareholder herein to be untrue or incorrect as of the
Closing.

     4.3  SATISFACTION OF ALL CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.  From the date hereof to the
Closing, the Seller and the Shareholder shall use their best efforts to cause
all conditions precedent to the obligations of the Purchaser hereunder to be
satisfied by the Closing.

     4.4  NO SOLICITATION.  From the date hereof until 5:00 p.m., Dallas time,
on January 31, 1996, the Seller and the Shareholder shall not, and shall use
their best efforts to cause the officers, directors, employees, and agents of
the Seller not to, (a) solicit, initiate or encourage the submission of
proposals or offers from any person or entity for, or enter into any agreement
or arrangement relating to, any acquisition or purchase of any or all of the
Transferred Assets, or securities of the Seller, or any merger, consolidation,
or business combination with the Seller or (b) participate in any negotiations
regarding, or, except as required by legal process, furnish to any other person
or entity any information with respect to, or otherwise cooperate in any way
with, or assist or participate in, facilitate, or encourage, any effort or
attempt by any other person or entity to do or seek any of the foregoing.  In
addition, until 5:00 p.m. Dallas time on January 31, 1996, the Seller and the
Shareholder agree that neither the Seller nor the Shareholder will enter into
any agreement or consummate any transaction that would interfere with the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  The Seller and
the Shareholder shall promptly notify the Purchaser if any such proposal or
offer described in this Section 4.4, or any inquiry or contact with any person
or entity with respect thereto, is made.  The notification under this Section
4.4 shall include the identity of the person or entity making

                                       16
<PAGE>

such acquisition, offer or other proposal, the terms thereof, and any other
information with respect thereto as the Purchaser may reasonably request.

     4.5  NOTICE OF DEVELOPMENTS.  From the date hereof to the Closing, the
Seller and the Shareholder shall, immediately upon the Seller or the Shareholder
becoming aware thereof, notify the Purchaser of any material problems or
developments with respect to the business, operations, assets, or prospects of
the Seller.

     4.6  NOTICE OF BREACH.  From the date hereof to the Closing, the Sellers
and the Shareholder shall, immediately upon the Seller or the Shareholder
becoming aware thereof, give detailed written notice to the Purchaser of the
occurrence of, or the impending or threatened occurrence of, any event that
would cause or constitute a breach, or would have caused or constituted a breach
had such event occurred or been known to the Seller or the Shareholder prior to
the date of this Agreement, of any of their respective covenants, agreements,
representations, or warranties contained or referred to herein or in any
document delivered in accordance with the terms hereof.

     4.7  NOTICE OF LITIGATION.  From the date hereof to the Closing, the Seller
and the Shareholder shall, immediately upon the Seller or the Shareholder
becoming aware thereof, notify the Purchaser of (a) any suit, action, or
proceeding (including, without limitation, any Tax Action or proceeding
involving a labor dispute or grievance or union recognition) to which the Seller
becomes a party or which is threatened against the Seller, (b) any order or
decree or any complaint praying for an order or decree restraining or enjoining
the consummation of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, or
(c) any notice from any tribunal of its intention to institute an investigation
into, or to institute a suit or proceeding to restrain or enjoin the
consummation of, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or to
nullify or render ineffective this Agreement or such transactions if
consummated.

     4.8  CONTINUATION OF INSURANCE COVERAGE.  From the date hereof to the
Closing, the Seller shall keep (and the Shareholder shall cause the Seller to
keep) in full force and effect insurance coverage for the Seller and its assets
and operations comparable in amount and scope to the coverage now maintained
covering the Seller and its assets and operations.

     4.9  MAINTENANCE OF CREDIT TERMS.  From the date hereof to the Closing, the
Seller shall continue (and the Shareholder shall cause the Seller to continue)
to effect sales and leases of its products only on the terms that have
historically been offered by the Seller or on such other terms which are no less
favorable to the Seller.

     4.10 UPDATING INFORMATION.  As of the Closing, the Seller and the
Shareholder shall update all information set forth in the schedules to this
Agreement.

                                       17
<PAGE>

     4.11 INTERIM OPERATIONS OF THE SELLER.

          (a)  From the date hereof to the Closing, the Seller shall conduct
     (and the Shareholder shall cause the Seller to conduct) its business only
     in the ordinary course consistent with past practice, and the Seller shall
     not, unless the Purchaser gives its prior written approval, (i) issue or
     sell, or authorize for issuance or sale, additional shares of any class of
     capital stock, or issue, grant, or enter into any subscription, option,
     warrant, right, convertible security, or other agreement or commitment of
     any character obligating the Seller to issue securities, (ii) declare, set
     aside, make, or pay any dividend or other distribution with respect to its
     capital stock (other than dividends (A) paid to the Shareholder in respect
     of Federal income tax liability resulting from the operations of the
     Seller, (B) consistent with past practice, or (C) that could not reasonably
     be expected to adversely affect the operating cash flow of the Seller),
     (iii) redeem, purchase, or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any
     of its capital stock, (iv) except in the ordinary course of business, sell,
     pledge, dispose of, or encumber, or agree to sell, pledge, dispose of, or
     encumber, any of the Transferred Assets, or authorize any capital
     expenditure in excess of $5,000 (other than sales out of inventory, sales
     and dispositions consistent with past practices, and dispositions of
     obsolete equipment with notice thereof to the Purchaser), (v) acquire (by
     merger, consolidation, or acquisition of stock or assets) any corporation,
     partnership, or other business organization or division thereof, or enter
     into any contract, agreement, commitment, or arrangement with respect to
     any of the foregoing, (vi) incur any indebtedness for borrowed money, issue
     any debt securities, or enter into or modify any contract, agreement,
     commitment, or arrangement with respect thereto, (vii) enter into, amend,
     or terminate any employment or consulting agreement with any director,
     officer, consultant, or key employee of the System, enter into, amend, or
     terminate any employment or consulting agreement with any other person that
     relates to the operation of the System otherwise than in the ordinary
     course of business, take any action intended to increase or decrease the
     number of persons employed by the System, or take any action with respect
     to the grant or payment of any severance or termination pay other than
     pursuant to policies or agreements of the Seller in effect on the date
     hereof, (viii) enter into, extend, or renew any lease for office space used
     in connection with the operation of the System, or (ix) except as required
     by law, adopt, amend, or terminate any bonus, profit sharing, compensation,
     stock option, pension, retirement, deferred compensation, employment, or
     other employee benefit plan, agreement, trust, fund, or arrangement for the
     benefit or welfare of any officer, employee, or sales representative of the
     Seller, so as to create any liability under Article IV of ERISA to any
     entity, (x) grant any increase in compensation to any director, officer,
     consultant, or key employee of the System, or (xi) grant any increase in
     compensation to any other employee or consultant of the System except in
     the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.  In
     addition, the Seller shall continue to write off accounts receivable
     balances in accordance with its historical practices.

                                       18
<PAGE>

          (b)  From the date hereof to the Closing, the Seller shall use (and
     the Shareholder shall cause the Seller to use) their best efforts to
     preserve intact the business organization of the System, to keep available
     in all material respects the services of its present officers and key
     employees, to preserve intact the System's banking relationships and credit
     facilities, to preserve the goodwill of those having business relationships
     with the System, and to comply with all applicable laws.

     4.12 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. From the date hereof until the Closing, as soon
as available, and in any event within 30 days after the end of each calendar
month beginning with August 1995, the Seller shall furnish to the Purchaser a
balance sheet, statement of income and retained earnings, and statement of
changes in financial position of the System for such month prepared by the
Seller as an internal management control in accordance with the generally
accepted accounting principles applied in the preparation of the Financial
Statements (except for the absence of notes to such monthly financial statements
and subject to normal year-end adjustments and accruals required to be made in
the ordinary course of business that are not materially adverse and are
consistent with past practices).  Such monthly financial statements shall fairly
present the financial position, results of operations, and changes in financial
position as of the indicated dates and for the indicated periods.

     4.13 ASSIGNMENTS.  From the date hereof until the Closing, the Seller and
the Shareholder shall use their best efforts to obtain all necessary consents to
the assignment by the Seller to the Purchaser of the Assumed Contracts, all of
which consents are described on SCHEDULE 3.4 hereto.

     4.14 LICENSES.  From the date hereof until the Closing, the Seller and the
Shareholder shall cooperate and assist fully in connection with Purchaser's
efforts to obtain, prior to the Closing Date, all consents and authorizations
that may be required in connection with the transfer of all licenses,
authorizations, certificates, permits, and orders listed on ANNEX 7 to SCHEDULE
1.1 hereto.

                                    ARTICLE 5

                              REGULATORY APPROVALS

     With the full cooperation and assistance of the Seller and the Shareholder
as contemplated in Section 4.14 hereof, within 30 days after the date hereof,
the Purchaser shall file with the FCC, the FAA, and with all state regulatory
agencies, commissions, or other entities having jurisdiction over the System,
applications for consent to transfer to the Purchaser of Radio Station
Authorizations ("Authorizations") for the System, or any similar state
authorizations, currently held by the Seller. The Purchaser shall use all
commercially reasonable efforts to file and prosecute such applications so as to
permit the Closing to occur.  Approval of the aforementioned applications by the
FCC, the FAA, and by any applicable state agencies, commissions, or other

                                       19
<PAGE>

entities shall be by Final Order (and such approvals shall hereinafter
collectively be referred to as the "Final Order").  As used in this Agreement,
any such approval shall only be a Final Order if (a) the action of the subject
governmental agency approving the application has not been reversed, stayed,
enjoined, set aside, annulled, or suspended, (b) with respect to such approval,
no timely request for stay, motion, or petition for reconsideration or
rehearing, application, or request for review, or notice of appeal or other
judicial petition for review is pending, and (c) the time for filing any such
request, motion, petition, application, appeal, or notice, and for the entry of
orders staying, reconsidering, or reviewing the subject governmental agency's
own motion, shall have expired.  Any action by a governmental authority
approving the applications subject to conditions (other than conditions
concerning notification of the consummation of this Agreement and other
conditions that the FCC routinely attaches to grants of this type) shall not be
deemed a Final Order until such time as the Purchaser notifies the Seller in
writing of its willingness to accept such conditions.  In addition, if prior to
the date on which any such action would become a Final Order, the Purchaser does
not elect to accept any such conditions, the Purchaser shall have the right to
terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the Seller and the Shareholder
and shall be relieved of all obligations hereunder as provided in Article 7
hereof.

                                    ARTICLE 6

                              CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

     6.1  CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF THE PURCHASER.  The obligations of the
Purchaser to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby are subject to the
fulfillment of each of the following conditions:

          (a)  The representations and warranties of the Seller and the
     Shareholder contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all
     material respects at and as of the Closing with the same effect as though
     such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the Closing;
     the Seller and the Shareholder shall have performed and complied in all
     material respects with all agreements required by this Agreement to be
     performed or complied with by the Seller and the Shareholder at or prior to
     the Closing; and the Purchaser shall have received a certificate, dated as
     of the Closing Date, signed by the President of the Seller and by the
     Shareholder to the foregoing effects.

          (b)  No action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened
     for the purpose or with the possible effect of enjoining or preventing the
     consummation of this Agreement or seeking damages on account thereof.

          (c)  The Purchaser shall have received an opinion of Bailey & Dixon,
     L.L.P., counsel for the Seller, dated as of the Closing Date, in the form
     attached hereto as EXHIBIT D.

                                       20
<PAGE>

          (d)  The Purchaser shall have received an opinion of Joyce & Jacobs,
     FCC counsel for the Seller and the Shareholder, dated as of the Closing
     Date, in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT E.

          (e)  Prior to the Closing, there shall not have occurred any material
     casualty or damage (whether or not insured) to any facility, property,
     asset, or equipment used in connection with the operation of the System;
     there shall have been no material adverse change in the financial
     condition, business, properties, operations, or prospects of the System
     since June 30, 1995; and the operation of the System shall have been
     conducted only in the ordinary course consistent with past practices.

          (f)  The FCC and all applicable state regulatory agencies,
     commissions, or other entities, by Final Order, shall have granted any
     required consent to the sale, transfer, and assignment of the Transferred
     Assets to the Purchaser and to the Purchaser's ownership and operation of
     the Transferred Assets.

          (g)  As of the Closing Date, the System shall include at least 12,000
     pagers in service, and the Purchaser shall have received a certificate,
     dated as of the Closing Date, signed by the President of the Seller to the
     foregoing effect.

          (h)  As of the Closing Date, the inventory of the System shall include
     at least 400 current model, marketable pagers, and the Purchaser shall have
     received a certificate dated as of the Closing Date signed by the President
     of the Seller to the foregoing effect.

          (i)  All consents and approvals (i) listed on SCHEDULE 3.4 hereto and
     (ii) otherwise required in connection with the execution, delivery, and
     performance of this Agreement shall have been obtained or waived and all
     such consents and approvals shall be in form and content reasonably
     satisfactory to the Purchaser.

          (j)  All necessary action (corporate or otherwise) shall have been
     taken by the Seller to authorize, approve, and adopt this Agreement and the
     consummation and performance of the transactions contemplated hereby, and
     the Purchaser shall have received a certificate, dated as of the Closing
     Date, signed by the President of the Seller to the foregoing effect.

          (k)  The Purchaser shall have received from the Seller a duly executed
     Bill of Sale and all such other instruments as shall be necessary or
     desirable in the reasonable opinion of the Purchaser's counsel to vest in
     or confirm in the Purchaser good and indefeasible title to the Transferred
     Assets in accordance herewith.

          (l)  The Shareholder, Sam Miles, Lee Miles, and the Seller shall each
     have entered into a Noncompetition Agreement (a "Noncompetition Agreement")
     with the

                                       21
<PAGE>

     Purchaser substantially in the forms attached hereto as EXHIBITS E, F, G,
     and H, respectively.

          (m)  The Seller shall have duly executed and delivered to the
     Purchaser the License Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto
     as EXHIBIT I granting the Purchaser the right to the use of the name
     "SigNet Paging" in the area presently served by the System.

          (n)  The Seller and ProNet shall have entered into a Registration
     Rights Agreement substantially in the form of EXHIBIT J hereto providing
     that ProNet shall prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange
     Commission (the "SEC") a Registration Statement for an offering to be made
     on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 (or any appropriate similar rule
     that may be adopted by the SEC) under the Securities Act (the "Shelf
     Registration") covering all of the Common Stock issued to the Seller
     pursuant to this Agreement, if any.

          (o)  The Seller shall have delivered to the Purchaser assignments of
     the Real Estate Leases.

          (p)  The Seller and the Shareholder shall have delivered such good
     standing certificates, officer's certificates, and similar documents and
     certificates as counsel for the Purchaser shall have reasonably requested
     prior to the Closing Date.

The decision of the Purchaser to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby
without the satisfaction of any of the preceding conditions shall not constitute
a waiver of any of the Seller's or the Shareholder's respective representations,
warranties, covenants, or indemnities herein.

     6.2  CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF THE SELLER.  The obligations of the
Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby are subject to the
fulfillment of the following conditions:

          (a)  The representations and warranties of the Purchaser contained in
     this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as
     of the Closing with the same effect as though such representations and
     warranties had been made as of the Closing; all agreements to be performed
     hereunder by the Purchaser at or prior to the Closing shall have been
     performed in all material respects; and the Seller and the Shareholder
     shall have received a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, signed by
     the President of the Purchaser to the foregoing effects.

          (b)  The Purchaser shall have delivered to the Seller (i) a certified
     bank check or wire transfer in the amount of the cash portion of the
     Purchase Price to be paid on the Closing Date and (ii) certificates
     evidencing the shares of Common Stock in the amount

                                       22
<PAGE>

     of the balance of the Purchase Price to be paid on the Closing Date in
     accordance with and as specified in Section 1.4 hereof.

          (c)  The Purchaser shall have delivered to the Seller an Assumption
     Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT C with
     respect to the Assumed Liabilities.

          (d)  The Purchaser shall have entered into the Noncompetition
     Agreements with the Seller, the Shareholder and Sam Miles.

          (e)  The Seller and ProNet shall have entered into the Registration
     Rights Agreement.

          (f)  The Purchaser shall have executed and delivered to the Seller a
     promissory note substantially in the form of EXHIBIT K attached hereto.

          (g)  The Seller shall have received an opinion of Vinson & Elkins
     L.L.P., counsel to the Purchaser, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT L
     attached hereto.

                                    ARTICLE 7

                                   TERMINATION

     This Agreement may be terminated prior to the Closing by (a) the mutual
consent of the Purchaser and the Seller, (b) the Seller upon the failure of the
Purchaser to perform or comply in all material respects with each of its
covenants or agreements contained herein prior to the Closing or if each
representation or warranty of the Purchaser hereunder shall not have been true
and correct as of the time at which such representation or warranty was made,
(c) the Purchaser upon the failure of the Seller or the Shareholder to perform
or comply in all material respects with each of its or his covenants or
agreements contained herein prior to the Closing or if each representation or
warranty of the Seller or the Shareholder hereunder shall not have been true and
correct as of the time at which such representation or warranty was made,
(d) the Purchaser in accordance with the provisions of Article 5 hereof, and
(e) the Seller or the Purchaser if the Closing does not occur by January 31,
1996; provided, that no party may terminate this Agreement pursuant to (b), (c),
or (e) above if such party is, at the time of any such attempted termination, in
breach of any term hereof.

                                       23
<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 8

                                 INDEMNIFICATION

     8.1  INDEMNIFICATION OF THE PURCHASER.  The Seller and the Shareholder
jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser and
each officer, director, employee, attorney, accountant, stockholder, and
affiliate of the Purchaser (collectively, the "Purchaser Indemnified Parties")
from and against any and all damages, losses, claims, liabilities (including,
without limitation, those liabilities not expressly assumed by the Purchaser as
provided in Sections 1.3 and 9.3 hereof), demands, charges, suits, penalties,
costs, and expenses (including court costs and attorneys' fees and expenses
incurred in investigating and preparing for any litigation or proceeding)
(collectively, "Purchaser Indemnified Costs") which any of the Indemnified
Parties may sustain, or to which any of the Purchaser Indemnified Parties may be
subjected, arising out of any breach or default by the Seller or the Shareholder
of or under any of the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements, or
other provisions of this Agreement or any agreement or document executed in
connection herewith.

     8.2  INDEMNIFICATION OF THE SELLER AND THE SHAREHOLDER.  The Purchaser
agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Seller, the Shareholder, and each
officer, director, employee, attorney, and accountant of the Seller
(collectively, the "Seller Indemnified Parties" and together with the Purchaser
Indemnified Parties, the "Indemnified Parties") from and against any and all
damages, losses, claims, liabilities, demands, charges, suits, penalties, costs,
and expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses
incurred in investigating and preparing for any litigation or proceeding)
(collectively, the "Seller Indemnified Costs" and together with the Purchaser
Indemnified Costs, the "Indemnified Costs") which any of the Seller Indemnified
Parties may sustain, or to which any of the Seller Indemnified Parties may be
subjected, arising out of or relating to any breach or default by the Purchaser
of or under any of the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements, or
other provisions of this Agreement or any agreement or document executed in
connection herewith.

     8.3  DEFENSE OF THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS.  An Indemnified Party shall give prompt
written notice to any entity or person who is obligated to provide
indemnification hereunder (an "Indemnifying Party") of the commencement or
assertion of any action, proceeding, demand, or claim by a third party
(collectively, a "third-party action") in respect of which such Indemnified
Party shall seek indemnification hereunder.  Any failure so to notify an
Indemnifying Party shall not relieve such Indemnifying Party from any liability
that it or he may have to such Indemnified Party under this Article 8 unless the
failure to give such notice materially and adversely prejudices such
Indemnifying Party.  The Indemnifying Parties shall have the right to assume
control of the defense of, settle, or otherwise dispose of such third-party
action on such terms as they deem appropriate; provided, however, that:

                                       24
<PAGE>

          (a)  The Indemnified Party shall be entitled, at his, her, or its own
     expense, to participate in the defense of such third-party action
     (provided, however, that the Indemnifying Parties shall pay the attorneys'
     fees of the Indemnified Party if (i) the employment of separate counsel
     shall have been authorized in writing by any such Indemnifying Party in
     connection with the defense of such third-party action, (ii) the
     Indemnifying Parties shall not have employed counsel reasonably
     satisfactory to the Indemnified Party to have charge of such third-party
     action, (iii) the Indemnified Party shall have reasonably concluded that
     there may be defenses available to such Indemnified Party that are
     different from or additional to those available to the Indemnifying
     Parties, or (iv) the Indemnified Party's counsel shall have advised the
     Indemnified Party in writing, with a copy to the Indemnifying Parties, that
     there is a conflict of interest that could make it inappropriate under
     applicable standards of professional conduct to have common counsel);

          (b)  The Indemnifying Parties shall obtain the prior written approval
     of the Indemnified Party before entering into or making any settlement,
     compromise, admission, or acknowledgement of the validity of such third-
     party action or any liability in respect thereof if, pursuant to or as a
     result of such settlement, compromise, admission, or acknowledgement,
     injunctive or other equitable relief would be imposed against the
     Indemnified Party or if, in the opinion of the Indemnified Party, such
     settlement, compromise, admission, or acknowledgement could have a material
     adverse effect on its business or, in the case of an Indemnified Party who
     is a natural person, on his or her assets or interests;

          (c)  No Indemnifying Party shall consent to the entry of any judgment
     or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term
     thereof the giving by each claimant or plaintiff to each Indemnified Party
     of a release from all liability in respect of such third-party action; and

          (d)  The Indemnifying Parties shall not be entitled to control (but
     shall be entitled to participate at their own expense in the defense of),
     and the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to have sole control over, the
     defense or settlement, compromise, admission, or acknowledgement of any
     third-party action (i) as to which the Indemnifying Parties fail to assume
     the defense within a reasonable length of time or (ii) to the extent the
     third-party action seeks an order, injunction, or other equitable relief
     against the Indemnified Party which, if successful, would materially
     adversely affect the business, operations, assets, or financial condition
     of the Indemnified Party; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Indemnified Party
     shall make no settlement, compromise, admission, or acknowledgement that
     would give rise to liability on the part of any Indemnifying Party without
     the prior written consent of such Indemnifying Party.

                                       25
<PAGE>

The parties hereto shall extend reasonable cooperation in connection with the
defense of any third-party action pursuant to this Article 8 and, in connection
therewith, shall furnish such records, information, and testimony and attend
such conferences, discovery proceedings, hearings, trials, and appeals as may be
reasonably requested.

     8.4  DIRECT CLAIMS.  In any case in which an Indemnified Party seeks
indemnification hereunder which is not subject to Section 8.3 hereof because no
third-party action is involved, the Indemnified Party shall notify the
Indemnifying Parties in writing of any Indemnified Costs which such Indemnified
Party claims are subject to indemnification under the terms hereof.  The failure
of the Indemnified Party to exercise promptness in such notification shall not
amount to a waiver of such claim unless the resulting delay materially
prejudices the position of the Indemnifying Parties with respect to such claim.

     8.5  RIGHT OF OFFSET.  The Seller and the Purchaser agree that the
Purchaser shall have the right to offset the amounts of any Purchaser
Indemnified Costs by reducing the Deferred Amount in an amount equal to the
amount of any such Purchaser Indemnified Costs.

                                    ARTICLE 9

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     9.1  COLLATERAL AGREEMENTS, AMENDMENTS, AND WAIVERS.  This Agreement
(together with the documents delivered in connection herewith) supersedes all
prior documents, understandings, and agreements, oral or written, relating to
this transaction other than the confidentiality provisions set forth in
paragraph 2 of that certain letter of intent dated July 10, 1995, among the
parties hereto and constitutes the entire understanding among the parties hereto
with respect to the subject matter hereof.  Any modification or amendment to, or
waiver of, any provision of this Agreement (or any document delivered in
connection herewith unless otherwise expressly provided therein) may be made
only by an instrument in writing executed by the party against whom enforcement
thereof is sought.

     9.2  RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER OF COMMON STOCK.  The Seller hereby agrees and
acknowledges that the shares of Common Stock to be received by the Seller on the
Closing Date (the "Transferred Shares") shall be subject to the following
restrictions on transfer.  The Seller shall only be permitted to sell, assign,
transfer, or otherwise dispose of that number of Transferred Shares equal to
8.33 percent of the total number of Transferred Shares delivered to the Seller
at Closing in each calendar month beginning on the six month anniversary of the
Closing Date, for a period of 12 calendar months following such date, provided
that any shares of Common Stock so released may be transferred at any time and
from time to time after such release; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Seller shall
be permitted (a) to make a bona fide pledge of the Transferred Shares as
security for indebtedness incurred contemporaneously with the making of such
pledge, so long as the pledgee agrees with the Purchaser in writing to be bound
by

                                       26
<PAGE>

foregoing restrictions on transfer in the event of a foreclosure or other manner
of realizing upon any of the Transferred Shares so pledged, and (b) a transfer
or disposition in compliance with applicable law to (i) the Shareholder,
(ii) the Shareholder's spouse or descendants, or (iii) a trust solely for the
benefit of the Shareholder, the Shareholder's spouse or any of the Shareholder's
descendants.  The Seller shall not be obligated to transfer any of the
Transferred Shares and upon the expiration of 18 months following the Closing
Date, the Transferred Shares shall be released from the foregoing restriction.
There shall be no contractual restriction on the timing of the sale, assignment,
transfer, or other disposition of the shares of Common Stock, if any, delivered
to the Seller in payment of the Deferred Amount.

     9.3  BULK SALES COMPLIANCE.  The Purchaser hereby waives compliance by the
Seller with any laws governing bulk sales (to the extent such laws are
applicable to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement).  The Seller and
the Shareholder hereby jointly and severally agree to indemnify the Purchaser
for any liabilities incurred by the Purchaser as a result of such non-compliance
or claims asserted against the Purchaser or any of the Transferred Assets in
respect of debts, obligations, or liabilities of the Seller which were not
assumed by the Purchaser pursuant to the Assumption Agreements.  Any such
liabilities shall be Indemnified Costs and, as such, shall be subject to offset
by the Purchaser as provided in Section 8.5 hereof.

     9.4  RISK OF LOSS - DAMAGE TO TRANSFERRED ASSETS.  The parties hereto
hereby agree that the risk of loss or damage to any of the Transferred Assets
shall be upon the Seller prior to the Closing and upon the Purchaser thereafter.

     9.5  PRORATIONS.  All annual or periodic ad valorem fees, taxes, and
assessments and similar charges imposed by taxing authorities on the Transferred
Assets (collectively, "Property Taxes") shall be borne and paid (a) by the
Seller for all full tax years or periods ending before the Closing Date and for
that portion of any tax year or period ending on or after the Closing Date from
the date of commencement of such year or period to the date immediately
preceding the Closing Date and (b) by the Purchaser for all full tax years or
periods beginning on or after the Closing Date and for that portion of any tax
year or period ending on or after the Closing Date from and including the
Closing Date to the final date of such year or period, regardless of when or by
which party such Property Taxes are actually paid to the applicable taxing
authority.  In addition, all rents and other lease charges, power and utility
charges, license or other fees, wages, salaries, and commissions, all Assumed
Contracts, prepaid items and expenses, and similar items to be allocated between
the Purchaser and the Seller shall be allocated between the Purchaser and the
Seller effective as of 12:01 a.m. on the Closing Date.  Such allocations shall
be determined and payment accordingly made from one party to the other, as the
case may be, on the Closing Date to the extent they are known and agreed to by
the Purchaser and the Seller; otherwise such allocations shall be determined and
payment made (effective as of 12:01 a.m. on the Closing Date) on the date 30
days thereafter.  If there shall be any dispute in regard to the amounts due
under this Section 9.5, the same shall be determined by a nationally recognized
accounting firm selected by the Purchaser in its sole and absolute discretion
and any such determination shall be binding

                                       27
<PAGE>

and conclusive on the parties hereto.  The charges of such firm shall be shared
equally by the Purchaser and the Seller.

     9.6  ALLOCATION OF PURCHASE PRICE.  The parties hereto acknowledge that the
transactions contemplated hereby must be reported in accordance with Section
1060 of the Code.  Accordingly, the parties shall report such transactions for
all purposes in accordance with the Purchase Price allocation set forth on
EXHIBIT M hereto.

     9.7  RECORDS.  At the Closing, the Seller and the Shareholder will turn
over and deliver to the Purchaser all files of the Seller and the Shareholder
relating to the Transferred Assets and/or the System, including, without
limitation, all copies and originals of all Assumed Contracts, any and all
operating manuals, third party warranties, and like materials and data in the
Seller's or the Shareholder's possession relating to the design, construction,
maintenance, and operation of facilities, improvements, and equipment included
in the Transferred Assets and/or the System, and all appropriate books and
records, accounting information, and operating information and data, current and
historical, reasonably related to the Transferred Assets and/or the System.

     9.8  SELLER'S LIABILITIES.  The Seller agrees to satisfy, pay and
extinguish all of the liabilities of the Seller outstanding as of the Closing
Date within 30 days following the Closing Date.

     9.9  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  No rights or obligations of any party hereto
under this Agreement may be assigned (except that the Purchaser may assign its
rights and obligations to any affiliate (as that term is defined in Rule 144
under the Securities Act) of the Purchaser or to any successor entity to the
Purchaser whether pursuant to a sale of all or substantially all of the
Purchaser's assets, the merger, consolidation, liquidation, or dissolution of
the Purchaser, or otherwise.  If the Purchaser's rights under this Agreement are
assigned to a successor entity, any portion of the Purchase Price that was
required to be paid, or was payable, in Common Stock shall be payable in cash in
accordance with Section 1.4 hereof.  Any assignment, dissolution, or liquidation
in violation of the foregoing shall be null and void.  Subject to the preceding
sentences of this Section 9.9, the provisions of this Agreement (and, unless
otherwise expressly provided therein, of any document delivered pursuant to this
Agreement) shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto
and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors, and permitted
assigns.

     9.10 EXPENSES.  Each of the parties hereto shall pay its or his own
respective costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement.  The
Seller and the Purchaser shall each pay one-half of any administrative,
application, and filing costs incurred in connection with regulatory approvals
described in Article 5 hereof.

                                       28
<PAGE>

     9.11 SALES TAXES.  The parties hereto expressly agree that the Seller shall
be responsible for and shall pay all federal, state, county, or local taxes of
the Seller and the Purchaser arising by reason of, or resulting from, the sale
of the Transferred Assets and the assumption of liabilities contemplated hereby.

     9.12 INVALID PROVISIONS.  If any provision of this Agreement is held to be
illegal, invalid, or unenforceable under present or future laws, such provision
shall be fully severable from this Agreement, this Agreement shall be construed
and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision had never
comprised a part of this Agreement, and the remaining provisions of this
Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the
illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this
Agreement.  Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable
provision, there shall be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a
provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable
provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, and enforceable.

     9.13 WAIVER.  No failure or delay on the part of any party in exercising
any right, power, or privilege hereunder or under any of the documents delivered
in connection with this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of such right,
power, or privilege; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right,
power, or privilege preclude any other or future exercise thereof or the
exercise of any other right, power, or privilege.

     9.14 NOTICES.  Any notices required or permitted to be given under this
Agreement (and, unless otherwise expressly provided therein, under any document
delivered in connection with this Agreement) shall be given in writing and shall
be deemed received (a) when personally delivered to the relevant party at such
party's address as set forth below, (b) when confirmed if delivered by
telefacsimile or similar device, or (c) if sent by mail, on the third day
following the date when deposited in the United States mail, certified or
registered mail, postage prepaid, to the relevant party at its or his address
indicated below:

     If to the Purchaser:          Contact Communications Inc.
                                   600 Data Drive
                                   Plano, Texas  75075
                                   Attn:  Jackie R. Kimzey
                                          Mark A. Solls
                                   Fax No: (214) 964-9570

     With a copy to:               Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.
                                   2001 Ross Avenue, Suite 3700
                                   Dallas, Texas  75201-2975
                                   Attn:  Jeffrey A. Chapman
                                          Mark Early
                                   Fax No: (214) 220-7716

                                       29
<PAGE>

     If to the Seller              SigNet Paging of Raleigh, Inc.
     or the Shareholder:           2411-116E Millbrook Road
                                   Raleigh, North Carolina 27604
                                   Attention:     W. David Sweatt
                                                  Sam A. Miles
                                   Fax No: (919) 872-6474

     With a copy to:               Bailey & Dixon, L.L.P.
                                   2500 Two Hannover Square
                                   Post Office Box 1351
                                   Raleigh, North Carolina  27602-1351
                                   Attention:  Cathleen M. Plaut
                                   Fax No.: (919) 828-6592

Each party may change its or his address for purposes of this Section 9.14 by
proper notice to the other parties.

     9.15 SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS.  Regardless of
any investigation at any time made by or on behalf of any party hereto or of any
information any party may have in respect thereof, all covenants, agreements,
representations, and warranties made hereunder or pursuant hereto or in
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall survive the Closing.

     9.16 PUBLIC ANNOUNCEMENT.  No public announcement shall be made by any
party with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby without the approval
of the Purchaser unless otherwise required by law.

     9.17 FURTHER ASSURANCES.  From time to time hereafter, (a) at the request
of the Purchaser, but without further consideration, the Seller and the
Shareholder shall execute and deliver such other instruments of conveyance,
assignment, transfer, and delivery and take such other action as the Purchaser
may reasonably request in order more effectively to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereby, and (b) at the request of the Seller or the Shareholder,
but without further consideration, the Purchaser shall execute and deliver such
other certificates, statements, and documents, and take such other action as the
Seller or the Shareholder may reasonably request in order to more effectively
consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

     9.18 NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES.  Except for the Indemnified Parties not
a party to this Agreement, no person or entity not a party to this Agreement
shall be deemed to be a third-party beneficiary hereunder or entitled to any
rights hereunder.

     9.19 GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina.

                                       30
<PAGE>

     9.20 HEADINGS.  The headings, captions, and arrangements used in this
Agreement are, unless specified otherwise, for convenience only and shall not be
deemed to limit, amplify, or modify the terms of this Agreement or affect the
meaning hereof.

     9.21 SECTIONS; EXHIBITS.  All references to "Sections", "Subsections",
"Schedules", "Annexes", and "Exhibits" herein are, unless specifically indicated
otherwise, references to sections, subsections, schedules, annexes, and exhibits
of and to this Agreement.  All schedules and exhibits attached hereto are made a
part hereof for all purposes, the same as set forth herein verbatim, it being
understood that if any exhibit attached hereto which is to be executed and
delivered contains blanks, the same shall be completed correctly and in
accordance with the terms and provisions contained and as contemplated herein
prior to or at the time of the execution and delivery thereof.

     9.22 NUMBER AND GENDER OF WORDS.  Whenever herein the singular number is
used, the same shall include the plural where appropriate, and words of any
gender shall include each other gender where appropriate.

     9.23 SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE.  The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that,
without limiting any other remedy available to the Purchaser at law or in
equity, the Purchaser shall be able to specifically enforce the terms of this
Agreement.

                                       31
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement in
one or more counterparts (all of which shall constitute one and the same
agreement) as of the day and year first above written.

                              CONTACT COMMUNICATIONS INC.



[Seal]                        By:  /s/ Mark A. Solls
                                  ------------------------------------
                                   Mark A. Solls, Vice President and
                                   General Counsel
Attest:  Beverly Murphy
        ----------------

                              SIGNET PAGING OF RALEIGH, INC.


[Seal]                        By:  /s/ W. David Sweatt
                                  ------------------------------------
                                   W. David Sweatt, President
Attest:
        ------------

                                   /s/ W. David Sweatt
                                  ------------------------------------
                                   W. David Sweatt

                                       32
<PAGE>

                                    GUARANTEE

     As an inducement to SigNet Paging of Raleigh, Inc., a North Carolina
corporation (the "Seller"), and W. David Sweatt (the "Shareholder") entering
into the Asset Purchase Agreement, dated today, with Contact Communications
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Purchaser"), ProNet Inc. ("ProNet"), a
Delaware corporation and the owner of all of the issued and outstanding capital
stock of the Purchaser, hereby guarantees the full and prompt performance by the
Purchaser of all obligations of the Purchaser under the Agreement, including the
payment, when due, of all sums owing by the Purchaser to the Seller or the
Shareholder under the Agreement.  This Guarantee shall be governed by the laws
of the State of North Carolina.

                              PRONET INC.


                              By: /s/ Mark A. Solls
                                 ---------------------------------------
                              Name:   Mark A. Solls
                                   -------------------------------------
                              Title:  Vice President and General Counsel
                                    ------------------------------------

                                       33


<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2

                        CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

    We  consent to the references to our firm under the caption "Experts" in the
Registration Statement (Form S-4, No. 33-60925) and related Prospectus of ProNet
Inc. for the registration of $100,000,000  of 11 7/8% Senior Subordinated  Notes
due  2005 and to the incorporation by reference therein of our reports (a) dated
March 3,  1995,  with  respect  to the  consolidated  financial  statements  and
schedule  of ProNet Inc. included in its  Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year
ended December 31, 1994, and (b) with respect to the financials of companies  to
be acquired as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               WITH RESPECT TO                       YEAR ENDED              REPORT DATED
- ---------------------------------------------  -----------------------  -----------------------
<S>                                            <C>                      <C>
Apple Communications, Inc.                     December 31, 1994        August 4, 1995
SigNet of Raleigh, Inc.                        December 31, 1994        August 9, 1995
Cobbwells, Inc. d/b/a Page One                 December 31, 1994        August 24, 1995
A.G.R. Electronics, Inc.                       December 31, 1994        September 9, 1995
Nationwide Paging, Inc.                        December 31, 1994        September 9, 1995
and with respect to the statement of assets to be acquired as follows:
RCS Paging, A Division of
 Reisenweaver Communications, Inc.             December 31, 1994        September 9, 1995
</TABLE>

all  such statements are included in ProNet  Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K/A
dated  October  2,  1995,  and  all  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission.

                                          Ernst & Young LLP

Dallas, Texas
October 2, 1995


<PAGE>

                                                               EXHIBIT 23.3


                         CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" in the
Registration Statement (Form S-4, No. 33-60925) and related Prospectus of
ProNet Inc. for the registration of $100,000,000 of 11-7/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2005 and to the incorporation by reference therein of
our report dated September 17, 1993, with respect to the combined financial
statements of Contact Communications, Inc. and its Affiliated Companies
included in ProNet Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K/A dated March 1, 1994,
both filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.



                           /s/ Schneider, Ehrlich & Wengrover
                          ---------------------------------------------------
                          SCHNEIDER, EHRLICH & WENGROVER
                          (successor firm to Hiltzik, Schneider, Ehrlich & Co.)


October 2, 1995
Great Neck, New York




<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.4

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" in the
Registration Statement (Form S-4, No. 33-60925) and related prospectus of
ProNet Inc. for the registration $100,000,000 of 11 7/8% Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2005 and to the incorporation by reference therein of our report
dated September 16, 1994, with respect to the consolidated financial statements
of Radio Call Company, Inc. and Affiliates included in ProNet Inc.'s Current
Report on Form 8-K/A dated August 1, 1994, both filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission.


                                                  CUMMINGS & CARROLL, P.C.

                                               /s/ Cummings & Carroll, P.C.
                                            --------------------------------

                                                  Certified Public Accountants


October 2, 1995
Great Neck, New York



<PAGE>
                                                                  EXHIBIT 23.5


October 2, 1995


                      Consent of Independent Auditors


We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" in the
Registration Statement (Form S-4, No. 33-60925) and related Prospectus of
ProNet Inc. for the registration $100,000,000 of 11 7/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2005 and to the incorporation by reference therein of
our report dated October 10, 1994, with respect to the consolidated financial
statements of RCC Division of Chicago Communication Service, Inc. included in
ProNet Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K/A dated August 1, 1994, both filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


/s/ Charles J. Natarelli
- ----------------------------
Charles J. Natarelli
NATARELLI & ASSOCIATES
Chicago, Illinois



<PAGE>
                                                             EXHIBIT 23.6


                          Consent of Independent Auditors


We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" in the
Registration Statement (Form S-4, No. 33-60925) and related Prospectus of
ProNet Inc. for the registration of $100,000,000 of 11 7/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2005 and to the incorporation by reference therein of
our report dated April 14, 1995, with respect to the consolidated financial
statements of All City Communication Company, Inc. included in ProNet Inc.'s
Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 19, 1995, both filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission.


/s/ Winter, Kloman, Moter & Repp, S.C.

October 2, 1995
Elm Grove, Wisconsin














<PAGE>

                                                          EXHIBIT 23.7

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" in the
Registration Statement (Form S-4, No. 33-60925) and related Prospectus of
ProNet Inc. for the registration of $100,000,000 of 11 7/8% Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2005 and to the incorporation by reference therein of our report
dated April 13, 1995, with respect to the financial statements of Signet
Paging of Charlotte, Inc. included in ProNet Inc.'s Current Report on
Form 8-K/A dated March 1, 1995, both filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.


/s/ Greer & Walker, L.L.P.



October 2, 1995
Charlotte, North Carolina



<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT 23.8

As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation by
reference in this Registration Statement of our reports dated April 20, 1995
with respect to the financial statements of Metropolitan Houston Paging
Services, Inc. included in ProNet Inc.'s Form 8-K dated May 18, 1995, and to
all references to our firm included in this Registration Statement.




                                         /s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Little Rock, Arkansas,

October 2, 1995.






<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT 23.9


                           Consent of Independent Auditors

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" in the
Registration Statement (Form S-4, No. 33-60925) and related Prospectus of
ProNet Inc. for the registration of $100,000,000 of 11 7/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2005 and to the incorporation by reference therein of
our report dated April 17, 1995, with respect to the financial statements of
Americom Paging Corporation included in ProNet Inc.'s Current Report on Form
8-K dated July 6, 1995, both filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.

Our report dated April 17, 1995, contains an explanatory paragraph that
states that Americom Paging Corporation has suffered recurring losses from
operations and has a net capital deficiency, which raise substantial doubt
about its ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do
not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of that
uncertainty.

                                                /s/ KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP
                                                ------------------------------
                                                    KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP



October 2, 1995
Houston, Texas










<PAGE>

                                                        EXHIBIT 23.10


                          Consent of Independent Auditors

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" in the
Registration Statement (Form S-4, No. 33-60925) and related Prospectus of
ProNet Inc. for the registration of $100,000,000 of 11 7/8% Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2005 and to the incorporation by reference therein of our report
dated September 8, 1995, with respect to the financial statements of Paging
and Cellular of Texas (a Sole Proprietorship) included in ProNet Inc.'s
Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 15, 1995, both filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.


                                         /s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP



October 2, 1995
Houston, Texas




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission